Home

GM Owner Manuals

1. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 42 Underhood Fuse Block CTS on page 5 120 or Underhood Fuse Block CTS V on page 5 124 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 48 Remote Negative Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 48 Engine Oil Fill Cap Out of View See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 18 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 18 Passenger Compartment Air Filter See Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 29 Intercooler System Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 30 Engine Cooling Fan See Cooling System on page 5 30 Hydraulic Clutch Reservoir If Equipped Not Shown See When to Check and What to Use under Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 29 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brakes on page 5 44 Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 30 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Under Engine Cover See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 41 Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 25 Engine Oil There is an oil pressure light in the instrument cluster and an Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine message on the Driver Information Center DIC If the light and or message appear check the engine oil level right away For more information see Oil Pressure Low Stop
2. s seseeseeeeeeeeene 5 119 Air Cleaner Filter Engine eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 25 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator c eeeeeeeeees 3 36 Readiness Light c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 3 35 Airbag Systemi raria iesi iea E saaaneveess 1 55 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle s an 1 70 How Does an Airbag Restrain eeeee 1 61 Passenger Sensing System e eeeeeeeeees 1 63 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 69 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 00 1 61 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 62 When Should an Airbag Inflate 6 1 60 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 57 All Wheel Drive cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees 5 53 Drive Systems 0 ceeeeeee eee eee eeeeeeeeee eee eee ees 5 53 All Wheel Drive AWD System 4 9 Analog GlOCK aorin inneres miana e noar i 3 23 Antenna BaCK lass oeninga ataa E 3 124 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System Antilock Brake System ABS ceceeeeeeeeee eee 4 5 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 39 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 116 Care of Safety Belts ceeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 113 Chemical Paint Spotting eeeeeeeeeeee es 5 117 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 44 5 114 Fabric Carpet ss saiis ten ivetin Heed edieavn veces 5
3. Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as so on as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined
4. Safety Belt Reminders c eseeeeeeeeeeeee Security StabiliTrak Traction Control System TCS Warning Light tcciceceairestadsantesemeenwiedea nee Tire PrOSSUPC 2 s sete cese natin ee deddeec niarit Up Shift Lighting ENUY a OE Parade DIMMING sesececceensceset agen cancwerornetee steed LIHIS serstcctiess tenders Sedat buhinendes E SE EEE AEE Flash to Pass High Low Beam Changer 0 0sceeeeeeeeeeeees On Reminder irira aeea ae Oaa Limited Slip Rear Axle o ae Loading Your Vehicle swesesiesirieciiiins as Lockout Protection Locks Central Door Unlocking System 08 2 17 Delayed LOCKING ssiseeciekisveecteaouobepovernl tiie 2 18 DOG irs sait a E O ii 2 17 Lockout Protection cccccceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenees 2 19 POWE DOOI aiwcscscinuvscssdiavesagadergniessaasiagaesasens 2 18 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 18 Rear Door Security LOCKS 0 ceeeeeeeeee ees 2 19 Loss Of Control cccccecee cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 4 12 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 43 Lumbar Power and Side Bolsters cccceceeeeeeenes 1 6 Power Gontrols ssccisc css scccctudcecs tecasatetattedeanels 1 6 Magnetic Ride Control ee 4 9 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services ceeeeeeeeees 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill cecsccctccscslcudecescctconcssseeasnceect 6 10 At Least Once a Month ccccceeeee
5. Total Weight on the Vehicle s Tires Be sure the vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires These numbers can be found on the Certification label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 Make sure not to go over the GVW limit for the vehicle or the GAWR including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why the right hitch is needed e The rear bumper on the vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e Will any holes be made in the body of the vehicle when the trailer hitch is installed If so be sure to seal the holes when the hitch is removed If they are not sealed deadly carbon monoxide CO from the engine s exhaust can get into the vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 51 Sealing the holes will also prevent dirt and water from entering the vehicle 4 32 Safety Chains Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and
6. Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on the vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on the vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on the vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product 5 113 Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicl
7. e Press the first pushbutton located under the display to go to the beginning section of the list e Press the second pushbutton located under the display to go to the middle section of the list e Press the third pushbutton located under the display to go to the last section of the list Shuffle Songs Select this option from the HDD Menu to randomly play back HDD content Playlist Select this option from the HDD Menu to display all six favorite Playlists then select one of the six playlist to display a list of songs that have been added to that favorite playlist Select a song from the list to begin playback of that song and to put the HDD into the Playlist mode See Saving HDD Favorites later in this section for more information HDD Categories The HDD category mode can be used to select a song by a particular artist album or genre for playback As an example the HDD Menu displays a layout such as Artists 5 Albums 6 Song Titles 77 Genres 3 The radio system displays the number of available items in each individual category as shown on the sample display For example the sample display shows there is content on the hard drive from five individual artists Select the HDD Menu category to display the available items in each individual category then select an item from one of these submenus to display a list of songs related to that menu item Select a song to be
8. or when the ignition is in LOCK OFF Shift Speeds Manual Transmission A CAUTION If you skip a gear when you downshift you could lose control of the vehicle You could injure yourself or others Do not shift down more than one gear at a time when you downshift Notice If you skip more than one gear when you downshift or if you race the engine when you release the clutch pedal while downshifting you could damage the engine clutch driveshaft or the transmission Do not skip gears or race the engine when downshifting If the vehicle speed drops below 20 mph 32 km h or if the engine is not running smoothly you should downshift to the next lower gear You may have to downshift two or more gears to keep the engine running smoothly or for good performance Up Shift Light CTS vehicles with a manual transmission have an economy up shift light on the instrument panel This light shows when to shift to the next higher gear for the best fuel economy When this light comes on you can shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions allow For the best fuel economy accelerate slowly and shift when the light comes on While you accelerate it is normal for the light to go on and off if you quickly change the position of the accelerator Ignore the light when you downshift CTS V vehicles use tracer lights around the outside of the tachometer as a performance up shift light These tracers flas
9. 2 22 Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located on the back wall of the trunk This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle toward the front of the vehicle to open the trunk from the inside Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 2 23 Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the keys is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with children When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional oper
10. 75 000 100 000 125 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40 000 80000 120000 160 000 200 000 240 000 CTS V Only Inspect supercharger drive belt See footnote m If using DOT 4 brake fluid change brake fluid at a regular maintenance service every two years See footnote j Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test 150 000 of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 61 and Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 5 115 for more informatio
11. No Aux Input Device Found displays 3 90 Playing a DVD A Audio Disc The radio with DVD Audio HDD and USB is capable of playing DVD audio discs in the Bose 5 1 Cabin surround sound system Insert the DVD audio disc into the CD DVD A player DVD AUDIO displays and playback begins The Group and track number displays during playback This type of radio does not support the playback of DVD video discs If you attempt to play a DVD video disc the radio displays Read Error Please Check Disc and ejects the disc CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to switch between CD DVD A auxiliary input and USB devices lt lt REV Fast Reverse Press to reverse playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Press once to change playback to a speed of 2X Each successive press changes playback to a speed of 4X 10X or 21X Press Ill to resume normal playback The elapsed time of the track displays While recording a disc to HDD the fast reverse does not function bb FWD Fast Forward Press to advance playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Press once to change playback to a speed of 2X Each successive press changes playback to a speed of 4X 10X or 21X Press B Ito resume normal playback The elapsed time of the track displays While recording a disc to HDD the fast forward does not function Stopping DVD Audio Playback Press the pushbutton located under the
12. The special iPod connection cable can also be purchased or made available from your dealer retailer See your dealer retailer for more information This feature supports the following iPod models e Fifth generation or later iPod e First Second or Third generation iPod nano e iPod touch e iPod classic For proper operation make sure the iPod has the latest firmware from Apple The iPod firmware can be updated using the latest iTunes application See apple com itunes To connect and control the iPod connect one end of the special iPod connection cable to the iPod s dock connector Connect the other end to both the USB port and the auxiliary input jack The USB port and the auxiliary input jack are located in the center console bin If the vehicle is on and the USB connection works a GM logo may appear on the iPod The iPod s music information will be shown on the radio s display and the music begins playing through the vehicles audio system A standard iPod USB cable like the one that came with the iPod cannot be used to connect an iPod to the vehicle You must use the special iPod connection cable that came equipped with the vehicle or that was made available from your dealer retailer in order for this feature to work Use the radio Menu Select knob to bring up the iPod Menu and select Songs Artists Albums Playlists and Audio books to play from the iPod The iPod s battery charges while it is connected
13. whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are ina crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and infants If a child will be riding in the vehicle see Older Children on page 1 33 or Infants and Young Childre
14. If this message still stays on or comes back on again while you are driving the vehicle needs service Have the StabiliTrak system inspected by your dealer retailer as soon as possible See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information Service Suspension System This message displays when there is a problem with the Magnetic Ride Control system See Magnetic Ride Contro on page 4 9 for more information Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer 3 67 Service Theft Deterrent System This message displays when there is a problem with the theft deterrent system programmed in the key A fault has been detected in the system which means that the system is disabled and it is not protecting the vehicle The vehicle usually restarts however you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer retailer before turning off the engine See Immobilizer Operation Key Access on page 2 29 or Immobilizer Operation Keyless Access on page 2 30 for more information Service Tire Monitor System This message displays if a part on the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 41 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 76 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your deale
15. In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The child might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 1 35 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system 1 36 nor its airbag system is designed for them Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown
16. Location information about the vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available The vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of the vehicle in a crash hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the volume of the radio if the OnStar advisor cannot be heard If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red the system may not be functioning properly Press the OnStar button and request a vehicle diagnostic If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired and all services have been deactivated Press the OnStar button to confirm that the OnStar equipment is active Universal Home Remote System The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held Radio Frequency RF transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause un
17. Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee 7 17 Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligati
18. Rainsense Wipers cceceeeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 3 10 Windshield Washer e eeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee es 3 11 Headlamp Washer cseeeeeeeeeeeeenee eee ees 3 13 Cruise Control ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeee een eeaeeaeenes 3 13 FIGACIAMpPS tytuieie enasna ni ea 3 16 Wiper Activated Headlamps eeeeeee ees 3 17 Headlamps on Reminder eceeeeeeeeeees 3 17 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 00 3 17 Adaptive Forward Lighting System 3 19 FOG LAMPS ssscetciecisiscaticcacss sacegeeias aE Y 3 19 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver eee 3 19 Instrument Panel Brightness eee 3 20 Entry WIQHtiG o aneen onenean ea 3 20 Instrument Panel Parade DIMMING eceran 3 20 Reading Lamps 2 001 cctecdedseeeeeeb dee es eaten betes 3 20 Electric Power Management eeeeeeeee 3 21 Battery Run Down Protection 0ee 3 21 Accessory Power Outlet S eeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 22 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 3 23 Analog ClOCK srwsiii isis Leite baataciensae sanii 3 23 Climate Controls 0cccceeeeeee teeter eeeeeeees 3 24 Dual Climate Control System eeeeeeee 3 24 Outlet Adjustment c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee es 3 29 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 29 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 30 Instrument Pan
19. Saves the album associated with Album the currently playing track in the indicated favorites position Saves the genre associated with Genre the currently playing track in the indicated favorites position Configuring HDD Favorites Press the CONFIG button to display the radio configuration options Press the pushbutton under the HDD label to display the available favorite modes Press the pushbutton under the favorite label to set the available favorite modes Available favorite modes are highlighted Time shifting Pause and Rewind Live FM AM and XM if equipped The Radio with DVD Audio HDD and USB has the ability to rewind 60 minutes of FM AM and XM if equipped content While listening to the radio the content from the current station is always being buffered to the HDD Press gt Il play pause To pause the radio The radio display will show the Time Shift buffer status bar The status bar shows the amount of content that is stored in the buffer and the current pause point To resume poe from the current pause point press gt I again The radio will no longer be playing live radio Instead time shifted content is being played from the buffer When the radio is playing time shifted content from the buffer a buffer status bar shows below the station number on the left side of screen Press and hold the REV or FWD buttons to rewind or fast forward through the time shift buffer Hold FWD until the
20. See Theft Deterrent System on page 2 27 for more information Tighten Gas Cap This message displays when the fuel cap has not been fully tightened Recheck the fuel cap to ensure that it is on and tightened properly Tire Learning Active This message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is re learning the tire positions on the vehicle The tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 80 Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 75 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 for more information Transmission Hot Idle Engine This message displays when the transmission fluid in the vehicle is too hot Stop the vehicle and allow it to idle until the transmission cools down or until this message is removed Trunk Open This message displays when the trunk is not closed completely Make sure that the trunk is closed completely Turn Signal On This message displays as a reminder to turn off the turn signal if you drive the vehicle for more than about 1 mile 1 6 km with a turn signal on A multiple chime sounds when this message displays Washer Fluid Low Add Fluid This message displays when the vehicle is low on windshield washer fluid Refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir as soon as possible See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 42 for more information DIC Vehicle Customization Vehicle customizati
21. Starting and Operating Your e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake Vehicle linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every New Vehicle Break In time you get new brake linings Notice The vehicle does not need an elaborate e Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a break in But it will perform better in the long run if Trailer CTS V on page 4 29 for the trailer towing you follow these guidelines capabilities of the vehicle and more information e Keep your speed at 70 mph 113 km h or less for Following break in engine speed and load can be the first 1 500 miles 2 414km gradually increased e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle 2 31 Ignition Positions Key Access The key can be turned to four different positions To shift out of P Park the ignition must be in the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the brake pedal must be applied Notice Using a tool to force the key from its cylinder could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is and you have a manual transmission vehicle turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn th
22. These tracers flash to indicate when to shift to the next higher gear to avoid the engine speed limit See Tachometer on page 3 33 for more information While using the Tap Shift feature the vehicle will have firmer quicker shifting for increased performance You can use this for sport driving or when climbing or descending hills to stay in gear longer or to down shift for more power or engine braking The transmission will only allow you to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine Revolutions Per Minute RPM The transmission will not automatically shift to the next lower gear if the engine RPM is too high nor to the next higher gear when the maximum engine RPM is reached If shifting is prevented for any reason the currently selected gear will flash multiple times indicating that the transmission has not shifted gears While in the Tap Shift mode the transmission will not automatically downshift on hard acceleration When accelerating your vehicle from a stop in snowy and icy conditions you may want to shift into second gear A higher gear ratio allows you to gain more traction on slippery surfaces 2 44 Manual Transmission Operation If the vehicle has a manual transmission the shift lever is located on the center console between the front seats The following explains how to operate the manual transmission CTS CTS V 1 First Press the clutch pedal and shift into 1 First Then slo
23. Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when the vehicles engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop the engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 41 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 5 39 If No Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle e Climbs a long hill on a hot day e Stops after high speed driving e Idles for long periods in traffic e Tows a trailer If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam 1 Turn the air conditioning off 2 Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan speed Open the windows as necessary 5 40 3 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in N Neutral while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to P Park or N Neutral and let the engine idle If the temperature overheat gage is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no longer displays the vehicle can be driven Continue to drive the vehicle slow for about 10 minutes Keep a safe vehicle distance from the car in front of you If the warning does not come ba
24. and inspections are required Q Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 18 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 21 An Emission Control Service Q Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote k Q Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 25 See footnote l Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 80 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 11 Inspect brake system See footnote a Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote b Inspect engine cooling system See footnote c Inspect wiper blades See footnote d Inspect restraint system components See footnote e Lubricate body components See footnote f Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 80 000 raso 000 00 000 20000 000 een 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks oe gt Inspect exhaust system for loose or
25. bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition e Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you e Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psych
26. ccseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 113 Tire Inspection and Rotation eee 5 80 Care of Safety Belts cccceeeeeeeeeeeee teen ees 5 113 When It Is Time for New Tires ccce 5 81 Weatherstnips i siccidceeeesesdiceulgeviees alibees ceed 5 113 Buying New Tite vcnccgeescoiseertieeecseenercsadacend 5 82 Washing Your Vehicle eeeeeeeee neers 5 113 Different Size Tires and Wheels 0006 5 84 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0055 5 114 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ceeeeeeeeees 5 84 Finish Care asa merean E a OEE ENNE 5 114 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 86 Windshield and Wiper Blades 05 5 115 Wheel Replacement ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 86 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Wire CHAINS sar sieri i e n E aa 5 88 andi TNN apas iera e e E E 5 116 If a Tire Goes Flatres ninrita 5 89 WS siraspa ienei R E aiiai 5 117 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 005 5 90 Sheet Metal Damage 6 seeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 117 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Storage 5 98 Finish Damage issira adeniinin a gai 5 117 Changing a Flat Tire vmcersinerreaiiarsiicassen 5 100 Underbody Maintenance ceceeeeeeee eee 5 117 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 101 Chemical Paint Spotting eeeeeeeeeee eres 5 117 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Vehicle Identification ccc
27. ceeeee 5 133 Carbon Monoxide eeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenee 2 20 Engine EXWaust seereis ionos mirisan 2 51 Winter DIVING pesimisti renanira eean 4 18 Care of Safety Belts 2 0 0 0 ccceeeceee eee eeee een eeaeeaeeeees 5 113 CD MPS oiera osainen E A Ee N R 3 104 Center Console Storage Area eceseceeeeeeeen 2 66 Central Door Unlock System eeeeeeeeeeee 2 17 Chains Tire c ccccceeeseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 88 Charging System Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 37 Check Engine Lamp v icvicteccesdacsaiacegadede ania ieni 3 42 Checking Things Under the Hood 055 5 12 Chemical Paint Spotting ceeeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 117 Child Restraints Infants and Young Children s 1 36 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 43 Older Childrem issiro tiderna raa aaa 1 33 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position ccccceeeeeeeeee eee es 1 49 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 1 52 SYSISMS umon eenaa eaa E EROE Ei 1 39 Where to Put the Restraint 1 1 41 Cigarette Lighter ccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 3 23 Circuit Breakers c ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 120 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 116 Exterior Lamps Lenses 0seeeeeeeeeees 5 114 Fabric Carpet esiaine rip iniia 5 111 Finish Gale sesten e aaae a re 5 114 In
28. damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air ae on page 5 25 See footnote n Replace passenger ee air filter See footnote g Change automatic transmission fluid and filter severe service See footnote h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter normal service CTS V Only Change 6 speed manual transmission fluid Severe service only See footnote o All wheel drive vehicles Change transfer case fluid severe service See footnotes q and r Additional Required Services cont d 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 40 000 80000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Service and Miles Kilometers All wheel drive vehicles Change transfer case fluid normal service See footnote q CTS V Only Change hydraulic clutch fluid See footnote o CTS V Only Change rear axle fluid severe service only See footnote o CTS V Only Change brake fluid severe service only See footnote o Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i 6 2L Supercharged V8 Engine Intercooler system service or every five years whichever occurs first See footnote p Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote m Additional Required Services cont d 25 000 50 000
29. if equipped you may not see the system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger frontal airbag 3 36 If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag is enabled may inflate If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag If after several seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 for more information including important safety information Charging System Light This light comes on briefly when the ignition key is turned to START but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer The light should go out once the engine starts If it stays on or comes on while driving there coul
30. in this section beginning with Step 2 For help or information on the Universal Home Remote System call the customer assistance phone number under Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 6 Storage Areas Glove Box To open press the button Use the key to lock and unlock The glove box has a shelf that can be removed by pulling it out Cupholders The vehicle has cupholders located in front of the center console Push down on the cover to open There are also cupholders in the rear center armrest Pull the armrest down to use 2 65 Instrument Panel Storage Your vehicle has a storage area located below the climate control systems To access push on the lid Center Console Storage Your vehicle has a center console with an upper and lower storage area To access the upper storage area lift the driver side lever on the front of the console and lift the cover To access the lower storage area lift the passenger side lever on the center console There is an additional storage area behind the center console To access push the cover Convenience Net Your vehicle may have a convenience net in the rear of the vehicle Put small loads behind the net It can also be positioned into an envelope style to hold smaller items The net is not for heavier loads Store items as far forward as you can 2 66 Sunroof If the vehicle has a power sunroof it will only operate when the ignition is turned on or in ACC ACCESSOR
31. not reverse automatically You or others could be injured and the window could be damaged Before you use express override make sure that all people and obstructions are clear of the window path In an emergency the anti pinch feature can be overridden in a supervised mode Hold the window switch all the way up to the second position The window will rise for as long as the switch is held Once the switch is released the express mode is re activated In this mode the window can still close on an object in its path Use care when using the override mode 2 25 Programming the Power Windows If the battery on the vehicle has been recharged disconnected or is not working you will need to reprogram each front power window for the express up feature to work Before reprogramming replace or recharge the vehicle s battery To program each front window follow these steps 1 With the ignition in ACC ACCESSORY ON RUN or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is active close all doors 2 Press and hold the power window switch until the window is fully open 3 Pull the power window switch up until the window is fully closed 4 Continue holding the switch up for approximately two seconds after the window is completely closed The window is now reprogrammed Repeat the process for the other windows 2 26 Window Lockout fas Window Lockout The rear window lockout button is located on the driver door near the wi
32. speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on it Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 75 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle 5 83 Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems develo
33. that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously CAUTION Continued 1 31 To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip and then slide the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and slide them in between the seatback and the interior body leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts 1 32 A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help
34. try doing one of the following e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement under Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 e Check to make sure that an electronic device such as a cellular phone or lap top computer is not causing interference e If you are still having trouble see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Keyless Access System Operation The Keyless Access System transmitter functions will work up to 195 feet 60 m away from the vehicle The Keyless Access System lets you lock and unlock the doors and access the trunk without removing the remote transmitter from your pocket purse briefcase etc The keyless access transmitter must be within 3 feet 1 m of the door or trunk being opened Keyless Unlocking With the keyless access transmitter in range approach the front door to unlock it and pull the handle to open the door All doors will unlock when you approach the vehicle with the keyless access transmitter and open the driver s door With the keyless access transmitter in range pull the rear door handle once to unlock the door and a second time to open the
35. which could occur if StabiliTrak activates continuously for an extended period of time e The message also displays if the brake system warning light is on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 38 e The message could display if the stability system takes longer than usual to complete its diagnostic checks due to driving conditions e The message displays if an engine or vehicle related problem has been detected and the vehicle needs service See your dealer retailer The message turns off as soon as the conditions that caused the message to be displayed are no longer present 3 70 Start Aborted By Theft Deterrent This message displays if there is a communication problem between the keyless access system and the vehicle The vehicle cannot be started when this message displays See your dealer retailer for service Suspension Mode Sport CTS V Only This message will be displayed when sport mode is selected using the Magnetic Ride Control button in the center of the instrument panel See Magnetic Ride Control on page 4 9 for more information Suspension Mode Tour CTS V Only This message will be displayed when touring mode is selected using the Magnetic Ride Control button in the center of the instrument panel See Magnetic Ride Contro on page 4 9 for more information Theft Attempted This message displays if the theft deterrent system has detected a break in attempt while you were away from the vehicle
36. 111 Finish Gane seriinin i o Oaea 5 114 Finish Damage wesc cecceterevees seve cetine cane 5 117 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces 5 112 Interior Cleaning ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee een eens 5 109 Leather sisser eka a e aina e 5 112 Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 117 Speaker Covers sissies sonens rni 5 113 E EE E T TE E EE T 5 117 Underbody Maintenance c ceeeeeee 5 117 Washing Your Vehicle sasesasesscsnrrenreern 5 113 WeatherstripsS oetirenerssitiarsai sinimni 5 113 Windshield and Wiper Blades 5 5 115 Wood Panels nase rrpm aneren 5 113 Appointments Scheduling Service 00 7 11 ASHILAY eiior raan AE EEE ENR 3 23 AUdIO SYSTEM c cece eect sinine annen 3 80 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 5 3 122 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual i e 3 109 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 124 Audio System S cccceceeeeeeeneeeeee eee eeaeeneeaees 3 81 Audio Systems Radio Reception 23ccpuvcanerederccasenssadsengeecanentd 3 123 Theft Deterrent Feature a an 3 121 Automatic Transmission O E A E AEE 5 29 Operation ais tiseonsin eae aa a E EE 2 37 Backglass Antenna eeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeen eens 3 124 Battery sasoiaren iar nancneasuin E aces gnadees 5 47 Electric Power Management ssec 3 21 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 0e 3 19 Run Down P
37. 2 31 Remote Vehicle Start 0 ccecceceec eee eee 2 15 New Vehicle Break In ccccccccccccccceccccecccceecees 2 31 Doors and LOCKS h nsiincssanoniin oinak 2 17 Ignition Positions Key Access ecccccen 2 32 Door LOCKS wit cctaseacit ost ied ieseavenddvens dine else ani 2 17 Ignition Positions Keyless Access 5 2 33 Central Door Unlocking System 2 17 Retained Accessory Power RAP cscs 2 34 Power Door LOCKS isriei onneasi panengi 2 18 Starting the Engine ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 34 Delayed LOCKING sccis cicteets ariero areae een 2 18 Engine Coolant Heater ceeeeeeeeeee eee ees 2 36 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 18 Automatic Transmission Operation 6 2 37 Rear Door Security LOCKS eeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 19 Manual Transmission Operation 00e 2 42 Lockout Protection esii aeaa cies 2 19 Parking Brake si hccscisisis veers N aes 2 44 UTC seh 2ccensndte a n aO 2 20 Electric Parking Brake e eseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 45 WINdOWS lt i xsecthe eens Bech leila 2 23 Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission 2 48 Power WindOWS ceeeeeceeeeeeeeee eee teneeaees 2 24 Shifting Out of Park a A E este 2 49 SUM VISOMS eenaa E E a ENEA 2 26 Parking the Vehicle Manual Transmission 2 50 Parking Over Things That Burn o 2 51 Engine Exhaust cic cscicsatanonccnamneinteenseaimetninns 2 51 Running the Vehi
38. 20 Reading Lamps The reading lamps are located on the overhead console These lamps come on automatically when any door is opened For manual operation press the button next to each lamp to turn it on or off If the reading lamps are left on they automatically shut off 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned off Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the charge back up When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or a voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on such as headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugg
39. 3 16 Adaptive Forward Lighting System 3 19 Bulb Replacement eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 58 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 05 3 17 Flasim to Pass wicscisec cere tele A 3 9 Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps 5 59 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 58 High Low Beam Changer sessesssssererrrereene 3 8 On Reminder 0ceeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaee 3 17 Washer sorsra ceesti nn A E EEN 3 13 Wiper Activated ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 17 Heated Seats ccc eceeeeeceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 1 7 Heater Engine Coolant 0 cceceseeeneeeeeaeeeeeneeeeee 2 36 Highbeam Ont LiGht sis sccssciovencssneeere cee aes 3 48 High Speed Operation Tires c eseeeeeeeeeee 5 74 Highway Hypnosis cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee teeta eee eas 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads cceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 17 Hood Checking Things Under eeeeeeeeeeeees 5 12 Release aeea E aE REEE A 5 13 FIONN erie o aaa a E S E E RA 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 5 1 19 Hydraulic ClutGhi aseesta aea 5 29 Ignition POSITIONS asircima 2 32 2 33 IIMIMODINIZOR eomer saae aeaa 2 28 Immobilizer Operation eeeeeeeeeeeee 2 29 2 30 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 36 Inflation Tire Pressure ecer 5 72 Inflator Kit Tire 2 0 0 0 cece ecc ese eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenene
40. 6 Power Seats ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeees 1 5 Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ees 1 10 Split Folding Rear Seat ee 1 13 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position cccccecceceeeeeee tenes 1 49 Right Front Seat Position 0 00c ee 1 52 Security LIGNE j icietiscs cacwewescadctecanen eetinneeecercspennens 3 47 11 Service Accessories and Modifications 665 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle sasinen innne heater aani Doing Your Own Work eceeeeeeeeeeeeee tenes Engine Soon Lamp ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeen teens Publications Ordering Information Service Scheduling Appointments 008 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Sheet Metal Damage 0 ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees Shifting OUL Of Park ccescrcccnsaddwate deed concoaeunsaniawanecnen Shift Lock Manual Release Shifting NTO Park iar ede ise areno Eie Signals Turn and Lane Change 0 006 Spare Tire COMPA nuien eataa i EEEN Installing orisiierecsin esaa ea REMOVING disicr iniri ainas detuades DENE STONO cecidiccanattcienecicianutitaiened ates Enas tae AE EN Specifications and Capacities ceeeeee Speed Limiter Engine Speedometer cceececeececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Split Folding Rear Seat ceeeeeeeeeeeee teens StabiliTrak System Stabili
41. 7 17 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 17 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 0 08 1 71 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash ciscscsveccscasieerisecrieasstessesn tans 1 72 Retained Accessory POWEF sseeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 34 Roadside Service ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeee eee eeneeaes 7 8 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 21 Running the Vehicle While Parked 4 2 52 Safety Belt Reminders c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 3 34 Safety Belts CANE Of erener i E E 5 113 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 19 Lap Shoulder Belt cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaees 1 27 Safety Belt Extender ccceeeeeeeneeeeen tees 1 32 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 5 1 32 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 1 14 Safety Defects Reporting to General Motors 0e0eeees 7 17 Reporting to the United States Government 7 16 Safety Warnings and Symbols 00eceeeeee es iv Scheduled Maintenance 0cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 4 Seats Head Restraints 0cccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 2 Heated and Ventilated Seats cece 1 7 Memory Mirrors 0ccececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 8 Power Lumbar 0 0ccceeeeceeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 6 Power Lumbar and Side Bolsters 1
42. A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 36 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn on may inflate the right front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active 1 65 For some children including children in child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system To help avoid injury to yourself or others have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 for more information including i
43. CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Rear Seats Split Folding Rear Seat The vehicle may have a split folding rear seat To lower one or both of the rear seatbacks 1 Pull forward on the tab located on the outboard side of the seatback to unlock the seatback Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat 2 Fold the seatback down This allows access to the trunk See Trunk on page 2 20 for more information To return the seatback to the upright position A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting
44. Cancel Mute 1 Press amp The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 After the tone say Mute Call The system responds with Resuming call Transferring a Call Audio can be transferred between the in vehicle Bluetooth system and the cell phone To Transfer Audio to the Cell Phone During a call with the audio in the vehicle 1 Press amp The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Transfer Call The system responds with Transferring call and the audio will switch from the vehicle to the cell phone To Transfer Audio to the In Vehicle Bluetooth System The cellular phone must be paired and connected with the Bluetooth system before a call can be transferred The connection process can take up to two minutes after the ignition is turned to the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position 1 During a call with the audio on the cell phone press and hold amp for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the call transfers to the Bluetooth system e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The call then transfers to the Bluetooth system 3 119 Voice Pass Thru Voice Pass Thru allows access to the voice recognition commands on the cell phone See the cell phone manufacturers user guide to see if the cell phone supports this feature This feature can be used to verbally acc
45. Center DIC for more information see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 For vehicles that have the navigation system see your Navigation System manual for more information Tachometer United States and Canada Automatic V Series Similar The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice If the engine is operated with the tachometer in the shaded warning area the vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area The CTS V tachometer has tracer lights that follow the movement of the tachometer indicator 3 33 For the CTS V the tracer lights also flash when it is time to up shift to avoid the engine speed limit See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 37 or Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 42 for more information Engine Speed Limiter This feature prevents the engine speed from reaching an unsafe level If the level is too high the throttle closes or limits the fuel supply until the engine speed returns to a safe level Throttle operation and fuel supply returns to normal when engine speed is lowered For the CTS V the tachometer tracer lights flashes prior to reaching engine speed limit The tracer lights also flash on automatic transmission vehicles while in the DSC or Tap Shift modes Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the
46. DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 31 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inspection and Inflation Check Inspect the vehicle s tires for wear and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured Before starting this check be sure there is enough room around the vehicle Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 44 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts For automatic transmission vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in P Park or N Neutral If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service For manual transmission vehicles put the shift lever in Neutral push the clutch pedal down halfway and try to start the engine The vehicle should start only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the way to the floor If the vehicle starts when the clutch pedal is not pushed all the way down contact your dealer retailer fo
47. DRL mode the high beam headlamps will turn on They will stay on as long as the lever is held there Release the lever to turn them off e For vehicles with High Intensity Discharge HID headlamps the low beam headlamps must be on to activate the high beam headlamps See High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting on page 5 58 e Ifthe headlamps are already in high beam mode they will remain on high beam Windshield Wipers The lever on the right side of the steering column operates the windshield wipers Move the lever to one of the following positions v Mist Pull the lever down and release it for a single wiping cycle The lever will return to its original position Hold the lever in this position for continuous wiping cycles Ke7 Delay For a delayed wiping cycle Turn the delay adjustment band to set the length of the delay i Delay Adjustment Use this band to set the length of the delay between wipes when using the delay feature The closer the band is moved towards Y the longer the delay The windshield wiper lever must be in delay for this feature to work 1 Low Speed For slow steady wiping cycles 2 High Speed For rapid wiping cycles If the windshield wipers are in use for about six seconds while you are driving the exterior lamps come on automatically if the exterior lamp control is in AUTO See Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 3 17 for more information Clear snow and ice fr
48. Directory and then plays back all of the stored name tags When the list is complete the system returns to the main menu Deleting Name Tags The system uses the following commands to delete name tags Delete e Delete all name tags Using the Delete Command The delete command allows specific name tags to be deleted To use the delete command 1 Press and hold for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Delete The system responds with Delete please say the name tag followed by a tone 3 Say the name tag to be deleted The system responds with Would you like to delete lt name tag gt Please say yes or no e If the name tag is correct say Yes to delete the name tag The system responds with OK deleting lt name tag gt returning to the main menu e Ifthe name tag is incorrect say No The system responds with No OK let s try again please say the name tag Using the Delete All Name Tags Command The delete all name tags command deletes all stored phone book name tags and route name tags for OnStar if present To use the delete all name tags command 1 Press and hold amp for two seconds e For
49. Engine under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 and Oil Pressure Light on page 3 45 Check the engine oil level regularly this is an added reminder Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil level at each fuel fill In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If this is not done the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil level is within the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 133 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the proper operating range and into the upper cross hatched area on the dipstick the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for the location of the engine TA oil fill cap AAAA Mefpil A SAE 5W 30 Add enough oil to p
50. Get out of the vehicle close the door and wait for the security light to go out 4 Then reach in through the window unlock the door with the manual door lock and open the door This should set off the alarm While the alarm is set the power door unlock switch will not work If the alarm does not sound when it should but the headlamps flash check to see if the horn works The horn fuse may be blown To replace the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 120 Fuses and Circuit Breakers If the alarm does not sound or the headlamps do not flash the vehicle should be serviced by your dealer retailer 2 28 Immobilizer This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Immobilizer Operation Key Access Your vehicle has a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when th
51. Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer Sport Mode This message displays when the vehicle is in sport mode See Driver Shift Control DSC under Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 37 for more information Stabilitrak Competitive Mode This message displays when the Competitive Driving mode is selected When in this mode the Traction Control System TCS will not be operating and the TCS StabiliTrak warning light will turn on Adjust your driving accordingly See Competitive Driving Mode under Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 for more information Stabilitrak Not Ready This message may display after first driving the vehicle and exceeding 19 mph 30 km h for 30 seconds The TCS StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on The StabiliTrak system is not functional until the message has turned off See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information 3 69 Stabilitrak Off This message displays when you turn off StabiliTrak or when the stability control has been automatically disabled The TCS StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on To realize the full benefits of the stability enhancement system you should normally leave StabiliTrak on To turn the StabiliTrak system on or off see StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 There are several conditions that can cause this message to appear e One condition is overheating
52. Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of the interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on the instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Wood Panels Use a clean cloth moistened in warm soapy water use mild dish washing soap Dry the wood immediately with a clean cloth Speaker Covers Vacuum around a speaker cover gently so that the speaker will not be damaged Clean spots with just water and mild soap Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts It may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water
53. MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com Index To quickly locate information about the vehicle use the index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do not do this or Do not let this happen A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people Cautions tell what the hazard is and what to do to avoid or reduce the hazard Read these cautions A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or Notice Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator CA This symbol is shown when you need to see your owner manual for additional instructions or information This sy
54. Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transmission in N Neutral slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the P Park mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to P Park Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit If the vehicle has a Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit check the sealant expiration date printed on the instruction label of the kit at least once a year See your dealer retailer for a replacement canister Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer Usage Fluid Lubricant The engine requires a special engine oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard can
55. ORIENTATION DE 180 EST ACCEPTABLE POUR LES RELAIS A 4 BORNES NOTE RELAYS TO BE INSERTED AS PER LABEL AND WITH THE li f HORN ENGPUMP AC CLTGH__DALWSW HDM WASH ACCUPRSRT Si RTORL CLTCH PUMP HD MiniFuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage 5 121 MiniFuses Usage Daytime Running Lamps Windshield DRL WSW Washer Pump Engine Control Module ECM ECM Transmission Control ECM TCM IGN Module TCM Instrument Panel Cluster IPC PASS Key IIl Module EMIS 1 EMIS 2 EVEN COILS FRT FOG Front Fog Lamps HDM WASH Headlamp Driver Module Washer Mini Fuses Usage Low Beam Daytime Running DRL LEFT Lamps Left BEAM Low Beam Headlamp LTR MISC IGN NAV MTR ODD COILS Odd Coils PED PRO PassKey Module Body Control AT HI BEAM AT LO BEAM RT LO BEAM SPARE SPARE 5 122 MiniFuses Usage Case Fuses Usage _ _ es Steering Wheel Illumination STRTR SPARE TCM BATT a Control Module WSW HTR Windshield Washer Heater MSNSR Manual Speed Sensor Relays Us Windshield Wiper ee Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ENG PUMP Engine Pump Daytime Running Lamps DRL W O HID without High Intensity Discharge J Case Fuses Usage LO BEAM HID Low Beam Headlamps High ABS MTR ABS Motor Intensity Discharge BLWR ENG PUMP Engine Pump Electric Park Brake LOB
56. OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 122 for more information On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voice mail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information 2 59 How OnStar Service Works The OnStar system can record and transmit vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center when the OnStar button is pressed the emergency button is pressed or if the airbags or AACN system deploy This information usually includes the vehicle s GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the crash that the vehicle was involved in e g the direction from which the vehicle was hit When the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling is used the vehicle also sends OnStar the vehicle s GPS location so they can provide services where it is located OnStar service cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times 2 60
57. TCM IGN Module TCM Instrument Panel Cluster IPC PASS Key IIl Module 5 126 MiniFuses Usage NAV MTR ODD COILS PED PRO RT HI BEAM Right High Beam Headlamp RT LO BEAM Right Low Beam Headlamp SPARE SPARE SPARE STR WHL ILLUM TCM BATT SPARE WPR INCLR Steering Wheel Illumination Transmission Control Module Battery Windshield Wiper Intercooler Pump Case Fuses Usas PassKey Module Body Control J Case Fuses Usage Cd Windshield Washer Heater Relays Usage ee Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relays Usage Daytime Running Lamps Windshield DRL WSW Washer Pump FOG LAMP Fog Lamps RT DRL Right Daytime Running Lamp Circuit Breakers HEAD SAMP Headlamp Washer Rear Compartment Fuse Block CTS The rear compartment fuse block is located on top of the battery on the right side of the trunk The battery access door must be removed to access the fuse block 5 127 E TRUNK RELSE FUEL THETTUGDO RDG AIRBAG CNSTRVENT RKE PASS KEVMDL ORILCK FUELPUMP SPARE AR i TREAD i TRUNARELSE Relays Usage a A E e FUEL PUMP Fuel Pump LT POS LP Left Position Lamp REARIFOG _ Not Used Relays Usage Minibuses O e RT POS LP Right Position Lamp FUEL PUMP_ Fuel Pump Pa Not Used LT POS LP Left Position Lamp Memory Seat Module PATE ONSTAR OnStar System TRUNK RELSE Tr
58. Transmission GM Part No U S 88861800 Rear Axle GM Specification 9986115 CTS V in Canada 88861801 Limited Slip With a complete drain and to nsm f Differential refill add 4 ounces 118 ml of Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic Limited Slip Axle Lubricant Additive Tra ission Transmission Fluid GM Part No U S 1052358 in Transfer Case Transfer Case Fluid Canada 992694 where required All Wheel GM Part No U S 88861950 See Rear Axle on page 5 54 Drive in Canada 88861951 Hood Latch Key Lock Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol C indara GM Part No U S 12346241 Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 y in Canada 10953474 Latch in Canada 992723 or lubricant Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Pivots Spring meeting requirements of NLGI 2 GM Part No U S 12346293 Anchor and Category LB or GC LB in Canada 992723 or lubricant Release Pawl meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Category LB or GC LB D tala GM Part No U S 12346241 SAE 75W 90 Synthetic in Canada 10953474 Axle Lubricant Weatherstrip Lubricant Rear Axle GM Part No U S 89021677 GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 89021678 meeting Weatherstrip in Canada 10953518 or GM Specification 9986115 Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Floor Shift Linkage Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identifie
59. a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when the vehicle is started PASSENGER AIRBAG ee ec OFF A N United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check If you are using remote start to start the vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or OFF or the symbol for on or off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 36 1 63 The passenger sensing system turns off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver airbag seat mounted side impact airbags and the roof rail airbags are not affected by the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not According to accident statistics children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for their weight and size We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child r
60. actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair If you obtain a rental vehicle on your own please see your dealer for the maximum number of days allowed and the allowance per rental day Rental reimbursement must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve
61. additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 108 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture 5 73 High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustm
62. affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 42 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if the vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline 5 7 For customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly one bottle of GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS added to the fuel tank at every engine oil change can help clean deposits from fuel injectors and intake valves GM Fuel System Treatment PLUS is the only gasoline additive recommended by General Motors Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethano
63. affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer retailer for service if the headlamps need to be re aimed It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described The vehicle should e Be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall e Have all four tires on a level surface which is level all the way to the wall e Be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall e Not have any snow ice or mud on it e Be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being performed e Normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg sitting on the driver seat e Have all tires properly inflated e If your vehicle has a spare tire ensure the spare tire is in its original location in the vehicle 5 55 Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly To adjust the vertical aim 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 13 for more information High Intensity Discharge Headlamps 2 Locate the aim dot on the lens of the low beam headlamp 3 Record the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the low beam headlamp Halogen Headlamps 5
64. and emergency services may be deactivated and no longer available For more information visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada or press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Not all OnStar services are available on all vehicles To check if this vehicle is able to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in the glove box or visit onstar com U S or onstar ca Canada contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week 2 58 OnStar Services Available with the Safe amp Sound Plan Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped Link to Emergency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert OnStar Vehicle Diagnostic Email GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 trial minutes OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only OnStar Services Included with Directions amp Connections Plan All Safe and Sound Plan Services OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped or Driving Directions Advisor delivered RideAssist Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voi
65. and Electric Power Management on page 3 21 for more information Calibrate Compass The vehicle may have this feature The compass can be manually calibrated To calibrate the compass through the DIC see DIC Compass on page 3 55 Change Compass Zone The vehicle may have this feature To change the compass zone through the DIC see DIC Compass on page 3 55 Relearn Remote Key If the vehicle has the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system this display allows you to match the transmitter to the vehicle This procedure will erase all previously learned transmitters Therefore they must be relearned as additional transmitters If the vehicle has the keyless access system see Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for instructions on matching a keyless access transmitter to the vehicle 3 53 To match an RKE transmitter to the vehicle 1 Press the vehicle information button until Press To Relearn Remote Key displays 2 Press the set reset button until Remote Key Learning Active is displayed 3 Press and hold the lock and unlock buttons on the first transmitter at the same time for about 15 seconds On vehicles with memory recall seats the first transmitter learned will match driver 1 and the second will match driver 2 A chime sounds indicating that the transmitter is matched 4 To learn additional transmitters at this time repeat Step 3 Each vehicle can have a maximum of eight learned transmitters 5 To exi
66. and some information about them Accessory Mode Active If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays when the accessory mode is active See Ignition Positions Key Access on page 2 32 or Ignition Positions Keyless Access on page 2 33 for more information AFL Adaptive Forward Lighting Lamps Need Service This message displays when the Adaptive Forward Lighting AFL system is disabled and needs service See your dealer retailer See Adaptive Forward Lighting System on page 3 19 for more information All Wheel Drive Off If the vehicle has the All Wheel Drive AWD system this message displays when there is a temporary condition making the AWD system unavailable The vehicle will run in 2WD This could be caused by e Loss of wheel or vehicle speed e AWD system overheat e Certain vehicle electrical conditions This message turns off when the above conditions are no longer present and by resetting the warning message To reset the warning message turn the ignition off and then back on again after 30 seconds If the message stays on see your dealer retailer right away See All Wheel Drive AWD System on page 4 9 for more information 3 57 Automatic Light Control Off This message displays when the automatic headlamps are turned off Automatic Light Control On This message displays when the automatic headlamps are turned on Battery Saver Active This message displays when the system
67. at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire wheel and other parts of the vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit the compact spare Using them can damage the vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on the compact spare Appearance Care Interior Cleaning The vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on the upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from the upholstery It is important to keep the upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible The vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause st
68. automatically disengage When road conditions allow reengage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 3 13 for more information Traction Control System TCS The vehicle has a Traction Control System TCS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions On a rear wheel drive vehicle the system operates if it senses that one or both of the rear wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction On an All Wheel Drive AWD vehicle the system will operate if it senses that any of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system brakes the spinning wheel s and or reduces engine power to limit wheel spin The system may be heard or felt while it is working but this is normal The TCS StabiliTrak warning light will flash when the traction control system is limiting wheel spin Dd ee The TCS StabiliTrak warning light comes on if there is a problem with the traction control system See StabiliTrak Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 40 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 When the TCS StabiliTrak warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly TCS automatically comes on whenever the vehicle is started To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions the system should always be left on but it may be necessary to turn the system off if the vehicle is stuck in sand mud or
69. avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt Older Children until the child passes the below fit test e Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no try using the rear safety belt comfort guide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 27 for more information If the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder then return to the booster seat e Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip If yes continue If no return Older children who have outgrown booster seats should to the booster seat wear ihe venicie s salety pelts e Ifyou have the choice a child should sit in a position with a lap shoulder belt and get the addit
70. battery has recently been replaced or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of routine driving If this has been done and the vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD II system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light For vehicles with an oil pressure light if there is a problem with the oil the light may stay on after the engine is started or comes on while driving This light indicates that oil is not going through the engine quickly enough to keep it lubricated The engine could be low on oil or could have some other oil problem Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer The oil light could also come on in the following situations The light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on to show that it is working properly If it does not come on with the ignition on there may be a problem with the fuse or bulb Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer e Sometimes when the engine is idling at a stop a chime sounds and the light may blink on and off This is normal A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low The engine can become so hot that it catches fire Someone could be burned Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil mainten
71. be identified as synthetic and should also be identified with the American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol However not all synthetic API oils with the starburst symbol will meet this GM standard Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M For the proper viscosity see Engine Oil on page 5 18 Engine Oil Usage Fluid Lubricant 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 5 31 Engine Coolant Intercooler System 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable 6 2L V8 water and use only DEX COOL Supercharged Coolant Engine DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid oe GM Part No U S 12377967 Syst a Canada 89021320 a tl Optikleen Washer Solvent Hydraulic Clutch Fluid Use only GM Part No U S 88958860 in Canada 88901244 Super DOT 4 brake fluid Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB GM Power Steering Fluid Power Steering GM Part No U S 89021184 A in Canada 89021186 Hydraulic Clutch System Parking Brake Cable Guides Usage Fluid Lubricant Usage Fluid Lubricant Manual SAE 75W 90 GL5 Gear Oil SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Transmission GM Part No U S 88862475 Axle Lubricant CTS in Canada 88862476 GM Part No U S 89021677 Manual Manual Transmission Fluid in Canada 89021678 meeting
72. child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint Where to Put the Restraint According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts 1 41 A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child restraint in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is becau
73. correct variance zone See Compass Variance Zone Procedure earlier in this section Do not operate any switches such as window sunroof climate controls seats etc during the calibration procedure 2 Press the vehicle information button until Press V To Calibrate Compass displays 3 Press the set reset button to start the compass calibration 4 The DIC will display Calibrating Drive In Circles Drive the vehicle in tight circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h to complete the calibration The DIC will display Calibration Complete for a few seconds when the calibration is complete The DIC display will then return to Press To Calibrate Compass DIC Warnings and Messages Messages are displayed on the DIC to notify the driver that the status of the vehicle has changed and that some action may be needed by the driver to correct the condition Multiple messages may appear one after another Some messages may not require immediate action but you can press Set Reset to acknowledge that you received the messages and to clear them from the display Some messages cannot be cleared from the DIC display because they are more urgent These messages require action before they can be cleared You should take any messages that appear on the display seriously and remember that clearing the messages will only make the messages disappear not correct the problem The following are the possible messages that can be displayed
74. corrosion mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system e Will not damage aluminum parts is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could e Helps keep the proper engine temperature get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant 5 32 Notice f an improper coolant mixture is used the engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Notice If extra inhibitors and or additives are used in the vehicle s cooling system the vehicle could be damaged Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 for more information Checking Coolant The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level The engine coolant reservoir is located in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 Check to see if coolant is visible in the surge tank If the coolant inside the surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD m
75. detects that the battery voltage is dropping below expected levels The battery saver system starts reducing certain features of the vehicle that you may be able to notice At the point that the features are disabled this message is displayed It means that the vehicle is trying to save the charge in the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories to allow the battery to recharge The normal battery voltage range is 11 5 to 15 5 volts You can monitor battery voltage on the DIC by pressing the vehicle information button until Battery Voltage is displayed 3 58 Battery Volts Low This message displays when the electrical system is charging less than 10 volts or the battery has been drained If this message appears immediately after starting the engine it is possible that the generator can still recharge the battery The battery should recharge while driving but may take a few hours to do so Consider using an auxiliary charger to boost the battery after returning home or to a final destination Make sure you follow the manufacturer s instructions If this message appears while driving or after starting the vehicle and stays on have it checked immediately to determine the cause of this problem To help the generator recharge the battery quickly you can reduce the load on the electrical system by turning off the accessories The normal battery voltage range is 11 5 to 15 5 volts You can monitor battery voltage on the
76. driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that explains what to do Follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to indicate how the vehicle is running It shows how fast the vehicle is going how much fuel the vehicle has used and many of the other things needed to drive safely and economically United States Automatic Transmission Cluster shown Manual and Canada similar United States V Series Automatic Transmission Cluster shown Manual and Canada similar 3 32 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in either miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven in either miles used in the United States or kilometers used in Canada If the vehicle has to have a new odometer installed the new one may read the correct mileage This is because the vehicle computer has stored the mileage in memory While the Driver Shift Control DSC feature is active the odometer changes to show the gear range See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 37 for more information Trip Odometers The trip odometer can record the number of miles or kilometers traveled for up to two trips The trip odometer is part of the Driver Information
77. ean ae ecttoes 3 109 New Vehicle Break In cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 31 Odometer sccretari iE 3 33 OdOMEIEMS Tip meina ees E a a EE 3 33 Off Road Recovery ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeaeeeeenes 4 12 Oil EN GING sere amaaa a E Aaah 5 18 Engine Oil Life System ceeeeeeeee neers 5 21 Engine Oil Pressure Gage usenecie 3 46 Pressure Light z isccedvessvensesaneedennsena nes gee ecder 3 45 Older Children Restraints cccceeeeeeeeees 1 33 Online Owner Center cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 OnStar PRIVACY ticcccieccececssctsisciunosecsaensseceievswcss 7 20 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 57 Operation Universal Home Remote System 2 61 Outlet Adjustments scnasena 3 29 Outlets Accessory POWET eceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 3 22 Outside Convex Mirror ccceceec cence eee eceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 54 Heated Mirrors vccsdcc0c sawed divtead evicted 2 54 Power MINOT S esii esot nei Dinka E 2 53 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode 5 41 Owner Checks and Services 0 eeeeeeeeeees 6 10 Owners Canadian ccccccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneues iii Paint Damage isis iicscecsdeveseadar En EEEE 5 117 Parade DIMMING nxisacicicatceccaegaigenieeaiereedarietys 3 20 Park Shifting INO iiceoe an Na NE 2 48 Shitting QUOT iera erea ni inin Nii 2 49 PARK AIG drainer enaa a AREA Aaa 2 54 Park Brake utomtearaat
78. end of the currently recorded buffer to resume live radio playback With live radio playing the radio display will no longer show the buffer bar below the station number On AM FM press the REV or FWD button multiple times to rewind or fast forward Each press will rewind or fast forward 30 seconds of content On XM press the REV or FWD button multiple time to jump to the previous or next song or commercial When the radio station is changed the buffer is cleared and automatically restarted for the current station You cannot rewind to content from a previously tuned station Time shifting of AM FM or XM is not available while recording or while other sources of playback are selected Pausing AM FM or XM if equipped with the Vehicle Turned Off If AM FM or XM is paused when the vehicle is turned off the radio will continue to buffer the current radio station for up to one hour If the vehicle is turned back on within one hour the radio will automatically resume playback from the pause point 3 101 Using the Auxiliary Input Jack The radio system has an auxiliary input jack It is in the center console bin This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack An external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player etc can be connected to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Set up any auxiliary device while t
79. engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind a driver to fasten the safety belt unless the driver safety belt is already buckled 3 34 The safety belt light comes on and stays on for several seconds then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the driver safety belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime sounds for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This only occurs if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 63 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel comes on and stays on for several seconds and then flashes for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion 2 If the passenger safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light comes on The front passenger safety belt warning light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase handbag grocery bag laptop or other electronic device To turn off the warning light and or chime remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt Airbag Readiness Light The system checks the airbag s electrical system for possible malfunctions I
80. file bb FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly within an MP3 WMaA file Sound is heard at a reduced volume The elapsed time of the file displays Release to resume playing the file Shuffle With the shuffle setting MP3 WMA files on the CD can be played in random rather than sequential order on the CD currently playing To use shuffle e To play MP3 WMA files from the CD in random order press the pushbutton under the Shuffle label until Shuffle On displays Press again to turn shuffle off 3 107 XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked at a customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 XM Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When the vehicle is moved into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune in to another channel Channel Unauth This channel is blocked or cannot be received with your XM Subscription package Channel Unavail This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If
81. for the shift lever P Park This position locks the rear wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park See Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 2 48 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer CTS V on page 4 29 or Towing a Trailer CTS on page 4 29 Make sure the shift lever is fully in P Park before starting the engine The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system You must fully apply the regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button before you can shift from P Park when the ignition key is in ON RUN 2 37 If you cannot shift out of P Park ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into P Park as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park on page 2 49 Notice Shifting to R Reverse while the vehicle is
82. force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat mounted side impact airbags and or roof rail airbags A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 33 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 36 There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3
83. if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of the vehicle read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly The following information has many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before pulling a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transmission rear axle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements 4 29 Pulling A Trailer Here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure the rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km the new vehicle is driven The
84. immediately Programmable Automatic Door Locks If the vehicle has an automatic transmission the vehicle is programmed so that the doors will lock automatically when all doors are closed the ignition is on and the shift lever is moved out of P Park The doors will automatically unlock when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is moved into P Park If the vehicle has a manual transmission the vehicle is programmed so that the doors will lock automatically after the vehicle speed reaches 5 mph 8 km The doors will automatically unlock when the ignition is turned off and the key is removed from the ignition If someone needs to exit the vehicle once the doors are locked have that person use the manual lever or power door lock switch When the door is closed again it will not lock automatically Use the manual lever or the power door lock switch to lock the door The power door locks can be programmed through prompts displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC For more information on programming see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 Rear Door Security Locks The vehicle has rear door security locks These prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside i The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door The rear doors must be open to access them The label showing lock and unlock positions is located near the lock Lock Label shown To set the
85. information Vehicle Information Display Menu Items Ti Vehicle Information The following display menu items can be displayed by pressing the vehicle information button Oil Life Remaining If the vehicle has this display it shows the estimated oil life remaining If you see 99 Oil Life Remaining on the display that means that 99 of the current oil life remains When the oil life is depleted the Change Engine Oil Soon message appears on the display You should change the oil as soon as possible In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 and Engine Oil on page 5 18 3 52 The Oil Life must be reset after each oil change It does not reset itself Avoid accidental resetting of the Oil Life system It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change To reset the engine oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 21 The display shows 100 when the system is reset Units This display allows you to select between English or Metric units of measurement Once in this display press the set reset button to select between English or Metric units Parking Assist If the vehicle has the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system this display allows the system to be turned on or off Once in this display press the set reset button to select between On or Off The UR
86. information see Windshield Washer on page 3 11 Remote Start Climate Control Operation For vehicles with remote vehicle start feature and it is activated the climate control system heats and cools the inside of the vehicle using the previous settings of the system before the vehicle was turned off See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 15 The windshield defroster and or rear window defogger turn on if it is cold outside If the vehicle has heated seats they turn on if the temperature inside the vehicle is cooler than 54 F 12 5 C or if the outside temperature is cooler than 48 F 9 C Sensors The solar sensor located on the instrument panel near the windshield monitors the solar heat 3 28 The interior temperature sensor located on the instrument panel to Cu the right of the steering Ce wheel measures the CAD temperature of the C air inside the vehicle C The climate control system uses the information from these sensors to adjust the fan speed and the air delivery in order to maintain the selected temperature The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun The recirculation mode will also be activated as necessary Do not cover the sensors or the automatic climate control system will not work properly Outlet Adjustment Use the air outlets located in the center and on the side of the instrument panel to direct the airflow Use the thumbwheels near the air outl
87. is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load 5 68 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to th
88. is at the bottom of the band This setting lets more rain or snow collect on the windshield between wipes Turn the delay band forward to a higher setting to let less rain or snow collect on the windshield between wipes The top position is the highest setting A single wipe occurs each time the delay band is turned to a higher setting to indicate that the Rainsense level has been increased Notice Going through an automatic car wash with the wipers on can damage them Turn the wipers off when going through an automatic car wash The mist and wash cycles operate as normal and are not affected by the Rainsense function The Rainsense system can be overridden at any time by manually changing the wiper control to low or high speed The system will default to normal time delay operation if the Rainsensor detects something that would affect Rainsense operation When Rainsense is active the headlamps turn on automatically If it is dark they remain on See Wiper Activated Headlamps under Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 3 17 for more information Notice Do not place stickers or other items on the exterior glass surface directly in front of the moisture sensor Doing this could cause the moisture sensor to malfunction Windshield Washer A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision W Washer
89. is used if the volume is turned down too low 3 109 Bluetooth Controls Use the buttons located on the steering wheel to operate the in vehicle Bluetooth system See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 122 for more information amp w amp Push To Talk Press to answer incoming calls to confirm system information and to start speech recognition C amp D V Phone On Hook Press to end a call reject a call or to cancel an operation Pairing A Bluetooth enabled cell phone must be paired to the in vehicle Bluetooth system first and then connected to the vehicle before it can be used See the cell phone manufacturers user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone If a Bluetooth phone is not connected calls will be made using OnStar Hands Free Calling if available Refer to the OnStar owner s guide for more information 3 110 Pairing Information e Up to five cell phones can be paired to the in vehicle Bluetooth system e The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving e The in vehicle Bluetooth system automatically links with the first available paired cell phone in the order the phone was paired e Only one paired cell phone can be connected to the in vehicle Bluetooth system at a time e Pairing should only need to be completed once unless changes to the pairing information have been made or the phone is deleted To link to a different paired phone see Linking to a Dif
90. level of static while listening to the radio If static is received while listening to the radio unplug the cellular phone and turn it off 3 123 Backglass Antenna The AM FM antenna is integrated with the rear window defogger located in the rear window Make sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and that the lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception For proper radio reception the antenna connector needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass If a cellular telephone antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure that the grid lines for the AM FM antenna are not damaged There is enough space between the grid lines to attach a cellular telephone antenna without interfering with radio reception Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window may damage the rear window antenna and or the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects 3 124 Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your backglass antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by your warranty XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the
91. located in the plastic molding A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do 4 Insert the hooked end of the extension handle maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the through the jack and the flat end through the appropriate safety equipment and training If a jack wheel wrench is provided with the vehicle it is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack If a jack is provided with the vehicle only use it for changing a flat tire 5 103 A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle Notice If you position the jack under the rocker molding and attempt to raise the vehicle you could break the molding and or cause other damage to your vehicle Always position the jack so that when the jack head is raised it will fit firmly in the 6 Raise the jack by turning the wheel wrench notch located inboard from the rocker molding clockwise until the slots in the jack head fit into 5 Tur
92. moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Shift to R Reverse only after the vehicle is stopped R Reverse Use this gear to back up At low vehicle speeds R Reverse can be used to rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transmission See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 20 for additional information 2 38 N Neutral In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when the vehicle is already moving use N Neutral only You can also use N Neutral when the vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of P Park or N Neutral with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle D Drive This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mp
93. none going down a hill Going down steep or long hills shift to a You could crash Always have the engine running lower gear and the vehicle in gear when going downhill e Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission A CAUTION e Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds hat i If you do not shift down the brakes could get so slag ee Sey Ie yOu vane e Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine e Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Winter Driving Driving on Snow or Ice Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the road creating less traction or grip Wet ice can occur at about 32 F 0 C when freezing rain begins to fall resulting in even less traction Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated with salt or sand Drive with caution whatever the condition Accelerate gently so traction is not lost Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick so there is even less traction Try not to break th
94. not sitting properly in the seat 1 67 If this happens use the following steps to allow the system to detect that person and enable the right front passenger frontal airbag 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 3 Place the seatback in the fully upright position 4 Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with legs comfortably extended 5 Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the on indicator is lit 1 68 Additional Factors Affecting System Operation Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 70 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system op
95. of 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint the retractor to set the lock pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor When installing a forward facing child restraint it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbags are off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started 1 54 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit see If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint under Passenger Sensing System on page 1 63 for more information To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position Airbag System The vehicle has the following airbags A frontal airbag for the driver A frontal airbag for the right front passenger e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the driver e Aseat mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger e A roof rail airbag for the driver and passenger seated directly behind the driver e A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger All of the airbags in the vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an att
96. on page 1 43 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If the child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 41 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 49 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of Position the release button on the buckle so that the retractor to set the lo
97. on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the CAUTION Continued 1 52 CAUTION Continued rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 63 for additional information If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH If a child restraint is secured using a safety belt and it uses a
98. opened Power to the windows or sunroof will work up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened For an additional 10 minutes of operation close all the doors and turn the key to ON RUN and then back to LOCK OFF Starting the Engine Place the transmission in the proper gear If the vehicle has the keyless access system the keyless access transmitter must be authenticated in order for the ignition control knob to turn The transmitter can be authenticated either by putting your foot on the brake pedal or by pushing the ignition control knob in Automatic Transmission Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neutral The engine will not start in any other position To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving use N Neutral only 2 34 If the vehicle has the keyless access system put your foot on the brake pedal and turn the ignition control knob to the START position When the engine begins cranking let go of the ignition control knob it will return to the ON RUN position If the transmitter is not in the vehicle or something is interfering with the transmitter the Driver Information Center DIC will display Electronic Key Not Detected See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information If the battery in the keyless access transmitter needs replacing the DIC displays Replace Battery In Remote Key The vehicle can still be driven See Battery Replacement under Keyless Access System Operatio
99. or if your tires have been damaged replace them See High Speed Operation on page 5 74 for inflation pressure adjustment for high speed driving A CAUTION e Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 CAUTION Continued 5 63 Low Profile Performance Tires If your vehicle has 235 50ZR18 P235 50R 18 255 40ZR19 or 285 35ZR19 size tires they are classified as low profile tires These tires are designed for very responsive driving on wet or dry pavement You may also notice more road noise with low profile performance tires and that they tend to wear faster Notice If the vehicle has low profile tires they are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile tires Tire and or wheel assembly damage can occur when coming into contact with road hazards like potholes or sharp edged objects or when sliding into a curb The vehicle warranty does not cover this type of damage Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and when possible avoid contact with curbs potholes and other road hazards Summer Performance Tires Many General Motors high performance models come factory equipped with tires that are optimized for maximum dry and wet road performance while still retaining satisfactory tread
100. pages To store a station as a favorite perform the following steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where the station is to be stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the radio recalls the station that was set 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station to be stored as a favorite 3 85 Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the TUNE TONE knob until the tone control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the TUNE TONE knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can also be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow gt FWD or lt lt REV button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BASS MID or TREB label for more than two seconds A beep may sound and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the TUNE TONE knob for more than two seconds 3 86 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Bal
101. protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 5 117 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN st SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for the vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side It can be seen through the windshield from outside the vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration 5 118 Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps identify the vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Engine Specificatio
102. quickly Air is directed to the windshield with some air directed to the side windows In this mode the system automatically turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing This mode can also cause the fan speed and air temperature to increase x Air Conditioning Press to turn the air conditioning system on or off and override the automatic system When in AUTO the air conditioning compressor comes on automatically as needed The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so a small amount of water might drip under the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal amp Recirculation Outside Air Press this button to switch between recirculation and outside air modes The indicator light comes on to show which mode is being used The recirculation mode recirculates and helps to quickly cool the air inside the vehicle It can be used to prevent outside air and odors from entering the vehicle Press the auto button to have the system select the best air delivery mode for the temperature setting Recirculation is not available in the defrost mode and automatically turns off 10 minutes after defog is selected This helps to limit window fogging in the vehicle Using recirculation for long periods of time could cause the air inside the vehicle to become too dry or stuffy To prevent this from happening after
103. recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in a
104. replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 61 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting A CAUTION The High Intensity Discharge HID lighting system operates at a very high voltage If you try to service any of the system components you could be seriously injured Have your dealer retailer or a qualified technician service them The vehicle may have HID headlamps After the Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps vehicle s HID headlamp bulb has been replaced you may notice that the beam is a slightly different shade than it was originally This is normal Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package To replace fog lamp bulb 1 Pull out the push pins located on the underside of the protection shield to remove the shield 2 Reach up behind the front bumper area from under the vehicle to access the lamp housing 3 Remove the electrical connector from the bulb by License Plate Lamp lifting the two plastic clips 4 Remove the bulb socket from the lamp housing To replace one of these bulbs do the following by turning the bulb socket one quarter turn counterclockwise 5 Pull the old bulb from the lamp housing keeping the bulb straight as you pull i
105. seal between the body and the trunk hatch or liftgate Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or trunk hatch open e Close all of the windows e Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel e Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate disable the power liftgate function For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 2 51 2 20 Trunk Lock Release The remote trunk release button is located on the lower portion of the driver door To use the remote trunk release the shift lever must be in P Park or N Neutral for a vehicle with an automatic transmission The shift lever must be in N Neutral with the parking brake set for a vehicle with a manual transmission Press the button to open the trunk You can also press the button with the trunk symbol on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to open the trunk With the Keyless Access System when you have the transmitter the trunk can be opened by the trunk release button located on the rear of the trunk above the license plate The vehicle must be in P Park and the valet mode turned off If the vehicle is locked the
106. separate starts each with 10 minutes of engine running or it provides one start with 10 minutes of engine running that may be extended 10 more minutes If the transmitter lock button is pressed and released and then the remote start button is pressed and held again before the first 10 minutes of engine running time has expired 10 minutes are added to the remaining minutes For example if the lock button and then the remote start buttons are pressed again after five minutes of the engine run time 10 minutes are added and you now have 15 minutes of engine running The added ten minutes are considered a second remote vehicle start Once two remote starts or a single start with a time extension have been used the vehicle must be started normally before the remote start feature can be used again The remote start feature does not operate if any of the following occur e The ignition is in any position other than LOCK OFF A keyless access transmitter is inside the vehicle e The hood is open e There is an emission control system malfunction The engine turns off during a remote vehicle start if the coolant temperature gets too high or the oil pressure is too low If this vehicle has the remote start feature the RKE transmitter functions have an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter se
107. sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 133 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets 5 46 Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time the brakes are applied with or without the vehicle moving the brakes adjust for wear Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking The vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When parts of the braking system are replaced for example when the brake linings wear down and new ones are installed be sure to get new approved replacement parts If this is not done the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for the vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed Battery This vehicle has a maintenance free battery It is located in the trunk behind the trim panel on the passenger side of the vehicle When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the repl
108. sic iccesiestetienscisieoe ese scnesacseeaed 6 10 Maintenance Requirements 0eeeeeeees 6 2 At Least Once a Month eceeeeeeee eee es 6 11 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 11 Using the Maintenance Schedule 55 6 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 14 Scheduled Maintenance ccseeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Maintenance Replacement Parts 04 6 16 Additional Required Services ceeeeeeee ee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing eee 6 17 Maintenance Footnotes eceseceeeeeeeeeees 6 8 Maintenance Record cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 18 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements the vehicle warranties See the Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep this vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle mainten
109. sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall ES 4109 MS S K lt 2si60R 16 9 gt s pe DOT MaLgae oxy af Z W es AT x A oF pers y Bavo ona a A by por Z Hovis oz aY Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 5 65 D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and
110. snow and rocking the vehicle is required Also turn TCS off while in deep snow or on loose gravel to assist vehicle motion at lower speeds See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 21 for more information See also Winter Driving on page 4 18 for information on using TCS when driving in snowy or icy conditions To turn the system off press the TCS StabiliTrak button located on the TC instrument panel CTS or the steering wheel CTS V Press and release the TCS StabiliTrak button and the traction control system will turn off and the TCS StabiliTrak warning light will come on Press the button again to turn the system back on For information on turning StabiliTrak off and on see StabiliTrak System previously Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 for more information Competitive Driving Mode To select this optional handling mode press the TCS StabiliTrak button quickly two times and the STABILITRAK COMPETITVE MODE displays in the Driver Information Center DIC While in the StabiliTrak Competitive Mode TCS does not limit wheel spin and the TCS StabiliTrak warning light comes on Adjust your driving accordingly Press the TCS StabiliTrak button again or turn the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY and restart the vehicle to turn TCS back on and turn the TCS StabiliTrak warning light off Notice When traction control is tur
111. solid or double solid line on your side of the lane Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility e Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle e When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to the vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If the traction control system is off then an acceleration skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If the vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the w
112. the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object 1 60 Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In addition the vehicle has dual stage frontal air
113. the arrows on the instrument panel flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out For this reason you may think other drivers are seeing the signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working The vehicle has bulb warning lights When a trailer lighting system is plugged into the vehicle s lighting system its bulb warning lights may not let the driver know if one of the lamps goes out So when the a trailer lighting system plugged in be sure to check the vehicle and trailer lamps from time to time to be sure they are all working Once the trailer lamps are disconnected the bulb warning lights can again let the driver know that one of the vehicle lamps is out 4 34 Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade If the transmission is not shifted down the brakes might have to be used so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce the vehicle s speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of the engine and the transmission overheating Vehicles can tow in D Drive Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions For vehicles with a manual transmission it is better not to use the highest gear When towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades cons
114. the center console storage bin and one on the rear of the center console To use an outlet remove the protective cap When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap The accessory power outlet is operational at all times Notice If electrical devices are left plugged into a power outlet the battery may drain causing the vehicle not to start or damage to the battery This would not be covered by the warranty Always unplug all electrical devices when turning off the vehicle 3 22 Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on accessory power outlets Notice Adding any electrical equipment to the vehicle can damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter The vehicle may have two removable ashtrays and cigarette lighters One ashtray can be placed into the instrument panel s
115. the following settings English default All messages will appear in English Deutsch All messages will appear in German Italiano All messages will appear in Italian Francais All messages will appear in French Espanol All messages will appear in Spanish Portugese All messages will appear in Portugese Arabic All messages will appear in Arabic Chinese All messages will appear in Chinese Japanese All messages will appear in Japanese No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Auto Door Lock This feature allows you to select when the vehicle s doors will automatically lock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 2 18 for more information Press the customization button until Auto Door Lock appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Shift Out Of Park default on Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission Only The vehicle s doors automatically lock when the doors are closed and the vehicle is shifted out of P Park At Vehicle Speed default on Manual Transmission The vehicle s doors automatically lock when the vehicle speed is above 5 mph 8 km h for three seconds No Change No change will be made to this feature T
116. the intercooler system hoses are no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one quarter of a turn If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This allows any pressure still left to be vented 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it 5 37 3 Add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture to the fill neck until the coolant reaches the COLD FILL line on the fill neck With the intercooler system pressure cap off start the engine and let it run for a couple of minutes Then turn the engine off By this time the coolant level inside the fill neck may be lower If the level drops to where coolant is no longer visible in the horizontal tube section of the fill neck with the engine off add more of the DEX COOL coolant mixture to the fill neck until the level is again visible in the horizontal tube section 4 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured If the coolant is not at the proper level when the system cools down again see your dealer retailer 5 38 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice f the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully inst
117. the keys in a vehicle with children A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the keyless access transmitter is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keyless access transmitter in the vehicle and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keyless access transmitter in a vehicle with children One of the following keys come with the vehicle This key is used for the driver door ignition and glove box This key located inside the keyless access transmitter is used for the driver door glove box and rear seat pass through door See Rear Seat Pass Through Door under Trunk on page 2 20 for more information To remove the key press the button A near the bottom of the keyless access transmitter and pull the key out Never pull the key out without pressing the button This vehicle may have the Keyless Access System See Ignition Positions Key Access on page 2 32 or Ignition Positions Keyless Access on page 2 33 for information on starting the vehicle Notice If you ever lock your keys in the vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys In an emergency contact Roadside Assi
118. the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 5 100 When the vehicle has a flat tire B use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks A A Wheel Block B Flat Tire The following information explains how to use the jack and change a tire Removing the Spare Tire and Tools A Wing Nut D Wheel Wrench B Spare Tire E Extension C Jack F Strap The equipment you will need is in the trunk To gain access to the spare tire and jacking equipment do the following 1 Remove the spare tire cover 2 Remove the stow rod cap by pulling it straight up off of the rod 3 Turn the wing nut A on the compact spare tire B counterclockwise to remove it 4 Remove the spare tire and place it next to the flat tire 5 The tools you will be using next include the jack C wheel wrench D and extension E 5 101 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 Do a safety check before proceeding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 100 for more information OA 5 2 Loosen the wheel nuts but do not remove them yet using the wheel wrench Turn the handle about 180 degrees then return the handle back to the starting position This avoids taking the wrench off the lug nut for each turn 5 102 3 Find the jacking location using the diagram above and corresponding V shaped locating notches
119. the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the light comes on or stays on while driving there may be a problem with the TCS StabiliTrak and the vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system does not limit wheel spin Adjust driving accordingly See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 for more information 3 40 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on briefly when the engine is started oe If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the light comes on and stays on while driving the vehicle may have a problem with the cooling system Stop the vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine A warning chime sounds when this light is on See Engine Overheating on page 5 38 for more information Engine Coolant Temperature Gage United States Canada This gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the engine coolant overheats the engine coolant temperature warning light will come on See Engine Overheating on page 5 38 and Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 40 for more information Tire Pressure Light For vehicles with a tire pressure monitoring system this light comes on briefly when the engine e is started It p
120. there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked 1 Lift the seatback up and push it back into place 2 Make sure the seatback is locked into place by pushing and pulling on it 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 3 for the other seatback When the seatback is not in use it should be kept in the upright locked position Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts properly It also describes some things not to do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn properly In a crash if you or your passenger s are not wearing safety belts the injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from the vehicle You and your passenger s can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety b
121. there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle See Towing a Trailer CTS V on page 4 29 or Towing a Trailer CTS on page 4 29 for important information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips Example 1 Item Description Totali Vehicle Capacity A Weight for asa kg Example 1 9 Subtract Occupant a 300 Ibs 136 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x Available e eo and Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 31 7 kg 4 23 Example 2 Example 3 Item Description Item Description Totali M alles ew 1 000 Ibs Wolke aaa 1 000 Ibs Example 2 GES kg Example 3 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 750 Ibs 340 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 Available Cargo 250 Ibs 113 kg A Subtract Occupant Weight Pee 200 Ibs 91_kg x 5 g Available Cargo 0 Ibs 0 kg 4 24 Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and
122. this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button 3 108 No Artist Info No artist information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Title Info No song title information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No CAT Info No category information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Information No text or informational messages are available at this time on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM Theftlocked The XM receiver in the vehicle could have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message is received after having the vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer XM Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio 8 digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Check XM Receivr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the recei
123. through 5 have been completed locate inside the garage the garage door opener receiver motor head unit Locate the Learn or Smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer 2 63 7 Firmly press and release the Learn or Smart button After you press this button you will have 30 seconds to complete Step 8 8 Immediately return to the vehicle Firmly press and hold the Universal Home Remote button chosen in Step 3 to control the garage door for two seconds and then release it If the garage door does not move press and hold the same button a second time for two seconds and then release it Again if the door does not move press and hold the same button a third time for two seconds and then release The Universal Home Remote should now activate the garage door To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 of Programming the Universal Home Remote System Do not repeat Step 1 as this will erase all previous programming from the Universal Home Remote buttons 2 64 Gate Operator and Canadian Programming If you have questions or need help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 800 355 3515 or go to www homelink com Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission This may not be long enough for Universal Home Remote to pick up the signal during progr
124. to start recording songs from the disc The radio has the option to record the current song playing or all songs from the CD Press the pushbutton located under the desired record option A status bar appears on the top of the display when the recording process starts The status bar disappears when the process has ended The recorded songs are now available Copy Protected CD s Make sure the disc is not copy protected The radio does not copy a copy protected CD to the HDD 3 94 Deleting a Recorded Song or Category DEL Delete You must select a song from one of the song lists or you must be listening to a song to delete it Once the song is selected press the DEL hard key To Delete an entire category select a category and press DEL Stopping the Recording While recording from the audio CD press the REC button to display the stop recording option Press the pushbutton located under this option to confirm the selection Ejecting a CD or Turning Off The Vehicle While Recording If the CD is ejected or the vehicle is turned off before the recording process has completed tracks that have been completely recorded are stored to the HDD Incomplete tracks are discarded Re recording Audio CDs If a CD has already been recorded the radio system will not record the contents again If a partially recorded CD is selected for recording only those songs which are not already on the HDD will be recorded Audio CD So
125. to be sure the vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 2 48 and Parking the Vehicle Manual Transmission on page 2 50 If pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer CTS V on page 4 29 or Towing a Trailer CTS on page 4 29 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror The vehicle has an automatic dimming inside rearview mirror with OnStar controls located at the bottom of the mirror See your dealer retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 57 for more information about the services OnStar provides D On Off Press to turn the dimming feature on or off Automatic Dimming Mirror Operation Automatic dimming reduces the glare of headlamps from behind you The dimming feature comes on and the indicator light illuminates each time the vehicle is started Cleaning the Mirror Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror Use a soft towel dampened with water Outside Power Mirrors Controls for the outside power mirrors are located on the driver door To adjust each mirrors 1 Press A or B to select the drivers or passenger side mirror 2 Press one of the four arrows located on the control pad to move the mirror to the desired direction 3 Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen 4 Press either A or B again to deselect the mirror Manually fol
126. towing a trailer and parking on a hill see Towing a Trailer CTS V on page 4 29 or Towing a Trailer CTS on page 4 29 for more information Electric Parking Brake A CAUTION On vehicles with a manual transmission releasing the clutch and pressing the accelerator will release the Electric Parking Brake If the vehicle is not in a gear the vehicle could move and you or others could be injured Make sure the vehicle is ina gear before attempting to drive away To avoid unexpected vehicle movement do not partially release the clutch or press the accelerator pedal until you are ready to release the parking brake and drive away Vehicles with the Electric Parking Brake EPB have a switch in the center console The EPB takes the place of the manual parking brake system the foot pedal and release handle The system has two warning lights and five Driver Information Center DIC messages See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 38 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information In case of insufficient electrical power the EPB cannot be applied or released 2 45 EPB Apply The EPB can be applied any time the vehicle is stopped The EPB is applied by momentarily lifting up on the EPB switch Once fully applied the BRAKE light will be on and the DIC message Park Brake Set will be displayed If the light does not come on or is flashing you need to have the vehicle serviced Do not drive the v
127. trunk is opened without using the key in the driver s door key cylinder or the transmitter a ten second pre alarm will occur The horn will chirp and the lights will flash If the key is not placed in the ignition and turned to START or the door is not unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter during the ten second pre alarm the alarm will go off Your vehicle s headlamps will flash and the horn will sound for about 30 seconds then will turn off to save the battery power The theft deterrent system will not activate if the doors are locked with the vehicle s key or the manual door lock It activates only if the power door lock switch is used while the door is open or with the transmitter You should also remember that you can start your vehicle with the correct ignition key if the alarm has been set off To avoid setting off the alarm by accident e Lock the vehicle with the door key after the doors are closed e Always unlock a door with the transmitter Unlocking a door any other way will set off the alarm If you set off the alarm by accident turn off the alarm by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter The alarm will not stop if you try to unlock a door any other way 2 27 Testing the Alarm The alarm can be tested by following these steps 1 From inside the vehicle lower the drivers window and open the driver s door 2 Activate the system by locking the doors with the transmitter 3
128. turn the lamps back on with the exterior lamp control 3 19 Instrument Panel Brightness The knob with this symbol is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the lights Turn the knob completely clockwise to turn on the interior lamps Entry Lighting The entry lighting system turns on the reading and dome lamps and the backlighting to the exterior lamp control when a door is opened or if the transmitter unlock button is pressed If activated by the transmitter the lighting stays on for about 25 seconds The entry lighting system uses the light sensor on the instrument panel so it must be dark outside in order for the lamps to turn on The lamps turn off about 25 seconds after the last door is closed They dim then turn off if the ignition key is turned to ON RUN They immediately turn off if the power locks are used 3 20 Parade Dimming This feature does not let the instrument panel backlight dim during daylight hours while the key is in the ignition and the headlamps are on Parade dimming automatically works with the light sensor located on top of the dashboard If it is dark enough outside and the parking lamps are on the backlight on the instrument panel can be adjusted by turning the instrument panel brightness knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the lighting See nstrument Panel Brightness on page 3
129. turn signal indicators do not flash and the fog lamps and reverse lamps remain on steady for about 20 seconds when the keyless access transmitter is used to unlock the vehicle see Remote Door Unlock Feedback under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 For vehicles with the memory feature press Won the keyless access transmitter to program and recall the memory settings See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 8 for more information Q Remote Start Press to operate the remote start feature See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 15 for additional information a Trunk Press and hold for about one second to unlock the trunk If the engine is running the shift lever must be in P Park for an automatic transmission or in Neutral with the parking brake set for a manual transmission 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release to locate the vehicle The horn sounds three times and the turn signal lamps flash three times Press and hold 2 for three seconds to sound the panic alarm The horn sounds and the turn signal lamps flash for 30 seconds Press and release amp again to stop the alarm The vehicle comes with two transmitters Each transmitter will have a number on top of it 1 or 2 These numbers correspond to the driver of the vehicle For example the memory seat position for driver 1 will be recalled when using the transmitter labeled 1 if enabled through the DIC See Memor
130. using the Keyless Locking feature You will not receive feedback when locking the vehicle with the transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 6 Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 or Keyless Locking later in this section for more information Press the customization button until Remote Door Lock appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Off There will be no feedback when you press the lock button on the transmitter 3 74 Lights Only The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the transmitter Horn Only The horn will sound on the second press of the lock button on the transmitter Horn amp Lights default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the transmitter and the horn will sound when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Remote Door Unlock Feedback This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE or keyless access transmitter or when the vehicle is automatically un
131. vV To Change Compass Zone displays Find the vehicle s current location and variance zone number on the map Zones 1 through 15 are available Press the set reset button to scroll through and select the appropriate variance zone Press the trip fuel button until the vehicle heading for example N for North is displayed in the DIC Calibrate the compass See Compass Calibration Procedure following 3 55 Compass Calibration The compass can be manually calibrated Only calibrate the compass in a magnetically clean and safe location such as an open parking lot where driving the vehicle in circles is not a danger It is suggested to calibrate away from tall buildings utility wires manhole covers or other industrial structures if possible If CAL appears in the DIC display the compass should be calibrated If the DIC display does not show a heading for example N for North or the heading does not change after making turns there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Interference may be caused by a magnetic antenna mount magnetic note pad holder or any other magnetic item Turn off the vehicle move the magnetic item then turn on the vehicle and calibrate the compass 3 56 To calibrate the compass use the following procedure Compass Calibration Procedure 1 Before calibrating the compass check that the compass is set to the
132. valve stem is positioned close to the ground so the hose will reach it 4 Remove the tire valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise 5 96 5 6 10 Attach the air only hose G onto the tire valve stem by turning it clockwise until it is tight Plug the power plug H into the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Unplug all items from other accessory power outlets See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 22 If the vehicle has an accessory power outlet do not use the cigarette lighter If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter use the cigarette lighter Do not pinch the power plug cord in the door or window Start the vehicle The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor Turn the selector switch A clockwise to the Air Only position Press the on off B button to turn the compressor on The compressor will inflate the tire with air only Inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure using the pressure gage C The recommended inflation pressure can be found on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 11 12 13 The pressure gage C may read higher than the actual tire pressure while the compressor is on Turn the compressor off to get an accurate reading The compressor may be turned on off until the correct pressure is reached If you inflate the tire higher than the recommended pressure
133. with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 76 for additional information 5 75 Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Vehicles with TPMS operate on a radio frequency and comply with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This
134. you can adjust the excess pressure by pressing the pressure deflation button D if equipped until the proper pressure reading is reached This option is only functional when using the air only hose G Press the on off button B to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit off Be careful while handling the tire sealant and compressor kit as it could be warm after usage Unplug the power plug H from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Disconnect the air only hose G from the tire valve stem by turning it counterclockwise and replace the tire valve stem cap 5 97 14 Replace the air only hose G and the power plug H and cord back in its original location 15 Place the equipment in the original storage location in the vehicle The tire sealant and compressor kit has an accessory adapter located in a compartment on the bottom of its housing that may be used to inflate air mattresses balls etc 5 98 Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister To remove the sealant canister 1 Unwrap the sealant hose 2 Press the canister release button 3 Pull up and remove the canister 4 Replace with a new canister which is available from your dealer retailer 5 Push the new canister into place Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Storage The tire sealant and compressor kit is located in the trunk Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit without Pressure Deflation Button Tire Sealant and Compr
135. you need to start over The TPMS matching process is outlined below 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 10 11 Press the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter s lock and unlock buttons at the same time for approximately five seconds The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode and Tire Learning Active message displays on the DIC screen Start with the driver side front tire Remove the valve cap from the valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for 10 seconds or until a horn chirp sounds The horn chirp which can take up to 30 seconds to sound confirms that the TPMS sensor identification code has been matched to this tire position Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 After hearing the confirming horn chirp for the driver side rear tire the horn sounds two more times to signal the tire learning mode is no longer active Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the tire and loading information label Put the valve caps back on the valve stems 5 79 Tire Inspection and Rotation Inspect tires regularly for signs of wear or damage Al
136. 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the CONFIG button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOL automatic volume label on the radio display 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display times out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Noise Compensation Technology If the vehicle has the Radio with DVD Audio HDD and USB it includes Bose AudioPilot noise compensation technology When turned on AudioPilot continuously adjusts the audio system equalization to compensate for background noise This feature is most effective at lower radio volume settings where background noise can affect how well you hear the music being played through the vehicle s audio system At higher volume settings where the music is much louder than the background noise there might be little or no adjustments by AudioPilot For additional information on AudioPilot visit bose com audiopilot To activate AudioPilot 1 Press the CONFIG button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOL label on the radio display 3 Press either the On or Off label located under the AUTO VOL display to turn this feature on or off The display times out after approximately 10 s
137. 2009 Cadillac CTS CTS V Owner Manual Li Seats and Restraint System 0cceeeees 1 1 Driving Your Vehicle EEES 4 1 Head Restraints oo ccc cc cccecccecececeeeeeeeeaenenes 1 2 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle _ 4 2 FROMUSCAIS aceite tte ett rhea 1 4 TOWING oe e cence cece cee eec cece cece eee eneeneneeneneees 4 26 Rear Seats ich tee ee ce 1 13 Service and Appearance Care c 00 5 1 Safety BeltS oo ceccecsecsecsecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeerees 1 14 SOVICE heyseirie irira or ERER LINEA AREE EERE TS 5 4 Child Restraints ananannanennananenennaeeeeeene 1 33 Fuel apnee e nre a E 5 6 Airbag System oo ece cece eccceecee cess eeeeeeee seen eens 1 55 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 12 Restraint System Check o ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 71 All Wheel Drive ccceeeseececeeeeeeeserseeeeeeeees 5 53 Features and Controls cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 1 Rear Axle iccecccecccccceeeccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeees 5 54 IOVS ean Aa EE mete 2 3 Headlamp AiMINg saessesersriesrerrerierrerrerrenne 5 55 Doors andi LOCKS gesiene eea Eeg 2 17 Bulb Replacement ascsesiiesiesrerierrerrerrern 5 58 WIMGOWS Srotimeniareae ioni ieee E oE E ERNS 2 23 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 61 Theft Deterrent Systems o oo eee 2 27 Piress eee eer Oe eee nome error ee eter one 5 63 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle _ 2 31 Appearance Care o eeeee
138. 35 for more information Where Are the Airbags The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 1 57 Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side The seat mounted side impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door 1 58 Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar The roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat mounted side impact airbag Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof rail airbags by routing a rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked 1 59 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce
139. 56 4 At a wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it 5 Draw or tape a horizontal line B the width of the vehicle at the wall where it was marked in Step 4 Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp 6 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being aimed This should allow only the beam of light from the headlamp being aimed to be seen on the flat surface Ly Driver Side Shown Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly They are covered by a rubber caps The adjustment screw can be turned with a 6 mm hex driver Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam The top edge of the cut off should be positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line 5 57 9 Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the incorrect headlamp aim 10 Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp 5 58 Bulb Replacement For the proper type of
140. 7 JUMP Staring lt A s2 2 un getadichiatawishe tenes ane o 5 48 All Wheel Drive cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee etter 5 53 Rear Axl 5i c60 i necctandacineaidbeteae een ead 5 54 Headlamp Aiming ceceeeeeeeeee eee eee tees 5 55 Bulb Replacement nnn 5 58 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 58 Halogen BUDS parainen 5 59 Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps 06 5 5 59 License Plate Lamp eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 60 Replacement Bulbs eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 61 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 61 5 1 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care RSS E E ce ten eon tan iaredccieeitemneneentaaie 5 63 Appearance Care l eere 5 109 Winter Tires assests noa ienaat dhbende wae 5 64 Interior Cleaning 1 2 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 5 109 Tire Sidewall Labeling eceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 65 Fabric Garpet srice enea iraani iiini 5 111 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 68 ETENE ER E TE 5 112 Inflation Tire Pressure 0ceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 72 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other High Speed Operation cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 74 Plastic Surfaces ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 112 Tire Pressure Monitor System eeeeeeeees 5 75 Wood Panel cccicsiecacetectecestianeedtusinetde seen 5 113 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 00008 5 76 Speaker Covers
141. 8 Press the ignition control knob to exit programming mode 9 Remove the transmitter from the transmitter pocket and press A on the keyless access transmitter two times 10 To program additional transmitters repeat Steps 6 through 9 Programming without a Recognized Transmitter United States owners are permitted to program a new transmitter to their vehicle when a recognized transmitter is not available The Canadian immobilizer standard requires that Canadian owners see their dealer retailer for programming new transmitters when two recognized transmitters are not available The procedure requires three ten minute cycles to complete the matching process 1 The vehicle must be off 2 Place the new transmitter into the transmitter pocket with the buttons facing the front of the vehicle The transmitter pocket is inside the center console storage area located between the driver and front passenger seats 3 Insert the vehicle key into the key lock cylinder located on the driver door 4 Turn the key to the unlock position five times within five seconds 5 The DIC displays Press Start Control To Learn Keys 14 15 Press the ignition switch in The DIC reads Learn Delay Active Wait XX Min and counts down to zero The DIC displays Press Start Control To Learn Keys again Press the ignition switch in again Repeat Steps 7 8 and 9 The DIC reads Learn Delay Active Wait XX Min and counts dow
142. 8 446 2000 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Cadillac remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest following Step One first STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you can file with the Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject i
143. 935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Service In the United States or Canada call 1 800 882 1112 Text Telephone TTY U S only call 1 888 889 2438 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year Calling for Assistance When calling Roadside Assistance have the following information ready e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem Coverage Services are provided up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever comes first In the U S anyone driving the vehicle is covered In Canada a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Cadillac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Cadillac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often or the same type of claim is made many times Cadillac Owner Privileges Emergency Fuel D
144. DIC by pressing the vehicle information button until Battery Voltage is displayed Calibrating Drive In Circles This message displays when calibrating the compass Drive the vehicle in circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h to complete the calibration See DIC Compass on page 3 55 for more information Calibration Complete This message displays when the compass calibration is complete See DIC Compass on page 3 55 for more information Change Engine Oil Soon When this message displays it means that service is required for the vehicle See your dealer retailer See Engine Oil on page 5 18 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information When you reset the Change Engine Oil Soon message by clearing it from the display you still must reset the engine oil life system separately For more information on resetting the engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 21 Check Tire Pressure This message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked It also displays Left Front Right Front Left Rear or Right Rear to indicate which tire More than one tire pressure message can be received at a time To read the other messages press the set reset button If a tire pressure message appears stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 63 Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 and
145. EAM __ Low Beam without High Intensity W O HID LT Discharge Left Daytime Running a DRL HID _ Lamp High Intensity Discharge 5 123 Relays Usage Right Daytime Running Lamp RT DRL HID High Intensity Discharge Circuit Breakers PE Headlamp Washer 5 124 Underhood Fuse Block CTS V The underhood fuse block is located on the passenger side of the engine compartment Lift the fuse block cover to access the fuses Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on the vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component NOTE RELAYS TO BE INSERTED AS PER LABEL AND WITH THE CORRECT ORIENTATION AS ee INDICATED BY THE NOTCH p AREON SPARE AN ORIENTATION DIFFERENCE OF 180 IS ACCEPTABLE ECMTCMIGN MISC IGN FOR 4 TERMINAL RELAYS at g NOTE INSERER LES RELAIS D APRES Y LES INDICATIONS SUR PWR MOOING STRAIT L ETIQUETTE L INDENTATION Le INDIQUE ORIENTATION NAVMIR FAT FOG CORRECTE UNE DIFFERENCE CZ ss D ORIENTATION DE 180 EST ACCEPTABLE POUR LES RELAIS A 4 BORNES WSWHTR ABS MTR REAI MATD df J f SPARE HORN INGLR__AGCLTCH_DALWSW HDM WASH ACCHPRSR pay HOB curd i wsi MiniFuses Usage S Mini Fuses Usage 5 125 MiniFuses Usage Daytime Running Lamps Windshield DRL WSW Washer Pump Engine Control Module ECM ECM
146. Fluid Press the button with this symbol located at the end of the windshield washer lever to wash the windshield The washer fluid sprays onto the windshield and the wipers run for a few cycles to clear the windshield Press and hold for more wash cycles Washer Fluid Low Add Fluid displays on the Driver Information Center DIC when the washer fluid is low See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 If the headlamps are on while the windshield is being washed the headlamp washers if the vehicle has them will also turn on See Headlamp Washer following for more information Heated Windshield Washer For vehicles with the heated windshield washer fluid system it can be used to help clear ice snow tree sap or bugs from the windshield The button is located on the climate control system panel Push to begin four heated wipe cycles Heating Washer Fluid Wash Wipes Pending displays on the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 The first heated wipe cycle can take up to 40 seconds to occur depending on the outside temperature After the first wipe cycle it can take up to 20 seconds for each of the remaining cycles The system will automatically turn off after four wipe cycles have been completed or press again to turn it off Heated Washer Fluid System Off displays on the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 When the heated windshield washer fluid system is activated under certain out
147. For information on how to add oil see Engine Oil on page 5 18 CTS V Only For competitive driving it is recommended that the brake fluid be replaced with a high performance brake fluid that has a dry boiling point greater than 534 F 279 C After conversion to the high performance brake fluid follow the brake fluid service recommendations outlined by the fluid manufacturer Do not use silicone or DOT 5 brake fluids Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include e Drive defensively Do not drink and drive e Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror e Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because headlamps can only light up so much road ahead e Watch for animals e When tired pull off the road e Do not wear sunglasses e Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps e Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out e Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime CAUTION Continued A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much But as we get older these differences increase light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving in R
148. Home Remote buttons while keeping the indicator light in view The hand held transmitter was supplied by the manufacturer of your garage door opener receiver motor head unit 3 At the same time press and hold both the Universal Home Remote button to be used to control the garage door and the hand held transmitter button Do not release the Universal Home Remote button or the hand held transmitter button until Step 4 has been completed Some entry gates and garage door openers may require substitution of Step 3 with the procedure noted in Gate Operator and Canadian Programming later in this section The indicator light on the Universal Home Remote will flash slowly at first and then rapidly after Universal Home Remote successfully receives the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons Press and hold the newly trained Universal Home Remote button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on continuously the programming is complete and the garage door should move when the Universal Home Remote button is pressed and released There is no need to continue programming Steps 6 through 8 If the Universal Home Remote indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with the programming Steps 6 through 8 It may be helpful to have another person assist with the remaining steps Sap Canoe orc Oo After Steps 1
149. IC Operation and Displays eeeeeeee 3 50 DIC Vehicle Customization eeeeeeeeees 3 71 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 eeeeeeee 3 57 Driving AE NIOD ceisiai eana eee detains 4 14 Before a LONG Trip aissniat oinei anini 4 16 COMPCUULIVE siiami enet a a aiena 4 14 DGlGNSIVG earo ee E EN a 4 2 DUNK eaea O 4 3 Highway HypnoSis sssrsrsisioricssiirinnieruisa 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads 4 17 In Rain and on Wet Roads ccce 4 15 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 21 WING seso temeta E sete adnnes 4 18 Driving for Better Fuel Economy n se 4 2 Dual Climate Control System eeeeeeeeeee 3 24 EDR ooreen ire eE EEE EE 7 18 Electric Parking Brake sceeeeeeeereeeeeeees 2 45 Electrical Equipment Add On Equipment cseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 119 Electrical System Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 120 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 119 Rear Compartment Fuse Block 5 127 5 130 Underhood Fuse Block 0 08 5 120 5 124 Windshield Wiper Fuses 0 eeeeeeeee 5 119 Engine Air Cleaner Filter cccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeees 5 25 Check and Service Engine Soon Lamp 3 42 Compartment Overview eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 14 Coolant erene a a e E E 5 31 Coolant Heater a ieinoeronr narnii innesi 2 36 Coolant Temperature Gage eeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 41 Coolant Temperature Warni
150. IGITAL 7 Dolby is manufactured under license from Dolby Music recognition technology and related data Laboratories Dolby and the double D symbol are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery For more information visit www gracenote com Litho in U S A Part No 25795635 B Second Printing 2008 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed GM reserves the right to make changes after that time without notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Cadillac Motor Car Division wherever it appears in this manual This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle Read this manual from beginning to end to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures symbols and words work together to explain vehicle operation Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 www helminc com Propri taires Canadiens On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s de concessionnaire ou a l adresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit
151. Il stop label to stop playback of the DVD audio disc DVD PreStop displays Press B Ito resume playback from where it was stopped Press the pushbutton located under the Il label again while in DVDPreStop DVDStop displays Press gt il while in DVDStop to begin playback from the beginning of the DVD audio disc Press gt Ill during DVD audio playback to pause or resume playback Finding Songs on DVD Audio TUNE TONE Turn this knob to display a list of all tracks in all groups on the DVD audio disc Stop turning this knob or press the TUNE TONE knob to start playback of a particular track K SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than five seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tracks within the current Group MENU SELECT To change Groups press the pushbutton located under the Menu label to display a list of all Groups Turn the MENU SELECT knob to highlight the desired Group Press the MENU SELECT knob to select it Playback begins from track 1 of the selected Group Shuffle on DVD Audio Press the pushbutton located under the Shuffle label to begin random playback of all songs in the current Group Press again to turn off random playback 3 91 Selecting DVD Audio Streams Each DVD audio Group may contain audio content
152. Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 The DIC display also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 41 Cruise Set To XXX MPH km h This message displays whenever the cruise control is set See Cruise Control on page 3 13 for more information 3 59 Differential Hot Reduce Speed CTS V Only This message displays and a chime sounds if the differential fluid temperature exceeds 300 F 150 C Driving aggressively or at high speeds can cause the differential fluid temperature to be higher than normal If this message appears you may continue to drive at a slower speed If you have been operating the vehicle under normal driving conditions the vehicle may need service See your dealer retailer for an inspection To acknowledge the message press V The message reappears and a chime sounds every two minutes until this condition changes If you do not clear the message it will remain on until the condition changes Driver Door Open This message displays when the driver door is not closed completely Close the door completely Electronic Key Already Known If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays if you try to match a transmitter that has already been learned See Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for more information 3 60 Electro
153. KK RK RK KK K KK KKK KOK Example Label A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds 4 22 The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 63 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see Certification Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and
154. NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES Recording From MP3 WMA Discs or USB REC Record While listening to a MP3 WMA disc or a USB device excluding iPod press to start recording songs from the disc The radio has the option to record the current song playing or all songs from the disc Press the pushbutton located under the desired record option A status bar appears on the top of the display when the recording process starts The status bar disappears when the process has ended The recorded songs are now available AAC and OGG Vorbis file types are not fully supported These file types may or may not play and may be shown without Tag information Without Tag information available these file types may be identified only by filename Audiobooks from audible com can also be transferred to the HDD using the record function See Audiobooks later in this section for more information USB Host Support The USB connector uses the USB standards 1 1 and 2 0 This type of connector supports rates for low speed 1 5 Mb s full soeed 12 Mb s and high speed 480 Mb s 3 97 USB Supported Devices e USB Flash Drives e Portable USB Hard Drives Playing From the H
155. OCK Release the brake pedal 4 35 Leaving After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal while you e Start the engine e Shift into a gear e Release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks 4 36 Maintenance When Trailer Towing The vehicle needs service more often when pulling a trailer See this manual s Maintenance Schedule or Index for more information Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid engine oil axle lubricant belts cooling system and brake system It is a good idea to inspect these before and during the trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 5 38 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE asiana hays a EEEN 5 4 Accessories and Modifications ee 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning 06 5 5 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 5 Doing Your Own Service Work 0 0 eeeeeee eee 5 5 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle sie tego erecta dase earenten hokiedanesandecene 5 6 UCD se scosancscs angst ac tat ade E EEA 5 6 Gasoline Octane cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenee
156. PA system automatically turns back on after each vehicle start When the URPA system is turned off and the vehicle is shifted out of P Park the DIC displays the Parking Assist Off message as a reminder that the system has been turned off See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 and Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 2 54 for more information Tire Pressure The pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure is shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the vehicle information button until the DIC displays Front Tire PSI kPa Left Right Press the vehicle information button again until the DIC displays Rear Tire PSI kPa Left Right If a low or high tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire appears in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information Battery Voltage This display shows the current battery voltage The vehicle s charging system regulates voltage based on the state of the battery The battery voltage may fluctuate when viewing this information on the DIC This is normal If there is a problem with the battery charging system the charging system light illuminates and or the DIC displays a message See Charging System Light on page 3 37 DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57
157. Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions 5 70 Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturers recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidew
158. Rear Select to adjust the audio for the rear seat passengers to receive the best possible sound quality e Centerpoint Select to enable Bose Centerpoint Centerpoint produces a full vehicle surround sound listening experience from CD non 5 1 surround sound DVD A MP3 WMA AUX auxiliary input or XM digital audio source and will deliver five independent audio channels from conventional two channel stereo recording This feature is not available in AM FM radio mode If the vehicle is equipped with the Bose 5 1 Cabin Surround sound system the radio can support the playback of 5 1 Surround Sound DVD A discs or DTS 5 1 Surround Sound CD discs When a 5 1 Surround Sound formatted disc is playing DSP options available are 5 1 Surround Normal Best for all seating positions 5 1 Surround Rear Best for the rear seating position 3 87 Configuring Radio Functions CONFIG Press to display FAV AUTO VOL XM if equipped or HDD if available and Back See the information provided in this radio section to learn more options about the FAV AUTO VOL XM and HDD if available label functions See Speed Compensated Volume SCV or Noise Compensation Technology earlier for information on the AUTO VOL label Press the pushbutton located under the Back label to go back to the previous display Radio Message Locked Displays when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to yo
159. SS KEY Pass Key Theft Deterrent Feature MDL Module Circuit Breakers Wace IT Left Front Power Seat PWR CLMN_ Power Steering Column PWR WNDW ae Right Front Power Seat rey Left Rear Window REAR WNDW Right Rear Window 5 132 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 for more information ae R English O Merc For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a Cooling System 3 6L V6 Engine VIN Code 7 5 133 oa ene Engish Transmission Fluid 6 Speed Automatic CTS G Speed Automatic CTS V 6 Speed Manual CTS 6 Speed Manual CTS V Wheel Nut Torque 140 Ib ft 190 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap y Automatic 3 6L V6 Engine V Automate 0 043 in 1 1 mm 9 Manual Automatic 6 2L V8 Engine Mahual 0 040 in 1 0 mm 5 134 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0ceeeeeeeees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 0 0 0eeeee es 6 10 INtFOGUCHION 2 sonicu tania E E 6 2 At Eachi Fuel Fill
160. TION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan 5 34 If no coolant is visible in the surge tank add coolant as follows 1 Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one quarter turn and then stop If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it 5 35 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot The upper radiator hose is the top hose coming out of the radiator on the passenger side of the vehicle Watch out for the engine cooling fans By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the FROID FULL COLD line on the side of the coolant surge tank 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with t
161. The other exterior lamps and the instrument panel cluster will not be on 3 17 When the exterior lamp control is in AUTO and it is dark enough outside the DRL turns off and the low beam headlamps will turn on When it is bright enough outside the low beam headlamps will go off and the DRL will turn back on If the vehicle is started in a dark garage the automatic headlamp system comes on immediately Once the vehicle leaves the garage it takes about one minute for the automatic headlamp system to change to DRL if it is light outside During that delay the instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual Make sure the instrument panel brightness lever is in the full bright position See nstrument Panel Brightness on page 3 20 Turning the exterior lamp control to off or to the low beam headlamp position will turn off the DRL If the parking lamps or the fog lamps were turned on instead the DRL will still turn off This will work regardless of gear position and whether or not the parking brake is set Light Sensor The light sensor for the DRL and AUTO headlamp feature is located on top of the instrument panel If the sensor is covered it will prevent it from sensing light and the exterior lamps or the Headlamps Suggested message will appear on the DIC whenever the ignition is on Adaptive Forward Lighting System The Adaptive Forward Lighting System AFL pivots the headlamps horizontally to provide greater r
162. These conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up If one or more of these conditions occurs change the fuel brand used It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off See Gasoline Octane on page 5 6 3 43 If none of the above have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle The dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on the vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent getting a vehicle registration Here are some things to know to help the vehicle pass an inspection e The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on with the engine running or if the key is in the ON RUN and the light is not on For vehicles with a Keyless Access ignition make sure the transmitter is in the passenger compartment See Ignition Positions Key Access on page 2 32 or Ignition Positions Keyless Access on page 2 33 3 44 The vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD II on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if the
163. These displays show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by pressing and holding the set reset button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed Fuel Range This display shows the approximate number of remaining miles mi or kilometers km you can drive without refilling the fuel tank This estimate is based on the current driving conditions and changes if the driving conditions change For example if you are driving in traffic and making frequent stops the display may read one number but if you enter the freeway the number may change even though you still have the same amount of fuel in the fuel tank This is because different driving conditions produce different fuel economies Generally freeway driving produces better fuel economy than city driving Once the range drops below about 30 miles 48 km remaining the display shows Low Range If the vehicle is low on fuel the Fuel Level Low message displays See Fuel Level Low under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information AVG Average Economy This display shows the approximate average miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number is calculated based on the number of mpg L 100 km recorded since the last time this display was rese
164. Trak TCS Warning Light 000 Start Vehicle Remote eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees Starting the Engine sassirsia sisirin isini a Steering Steering Wheel Controls Audio 05 12 Steering Wheel Controls Memory 0 eeeeees 1 8 Steering Wheel Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column eeeeeeeeeeeees 3 7 Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescopic 006 3 6 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area ceeeeeee ee 2 66 Convenience Net cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 66 Gupholde ts eienares ene a 2 65 GIOVE BOX maisso menip iiome inot aeria iea 2 65 Instrument Panel Storage Area 2 66 Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 5 98 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow n se 4 20 SUM VISOIS iiae ae e a EE 2 26 SUMOO 2228 iene aaa EE OE E 2 66 Tachometer coceira a aa aaa 3 33 Telescopic Steering Column Power Tilt Wheel 3 7 Telescopic Wheel eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneserenees 3 6 Text Telephone TTY Users ceeeeeeeeneeee eens 7 6 Theft Deterrent System ccceeeeeeeeee tenes 2 27 Theft Deterrent Feature ccececeseeeeeee ees 3 121 Theft Deterrent Systems 0ceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeee ee 2 27 ImmobiliZer 02 2 eee eee a i 2 28 Immobilizer Operation 200ee 2 29 2 30 Tilt Wheel to cccatt nccccase s nasitadimdesae sentedse Sinnes 3 6 Tire Press
165. Y or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 34 The sunroof switches are located on the overhead console The driver side switch operates the sunshade Press and hold the rear of the switch to open the sunshade Press and hold the front of the switch to close the sunshade Express Open To open the sunshade fully press and release the rear of the driver side switch The sunshade will automatically open To stop the sunshade partway press the switch a second time Express Close To close the sunshade fully press and release the front of the driver side switch The sunshade will automatically close To stop the sunshade partway press the switch a second time The sunshade will open automatically with the sunroof but can also be opened manually The passenger side switch operates the sunroof Express Open To open the sunroof fully press and release the rear of the passenger side switch The sunroof will automatically open To stop the sunroof partway press the switch a second time Express Close To close the sunroof fully press and release the front of the driver s side switch The sunroof will automatically close To stop the sunroof partway press the switch a second time Comfort Stop Feature The sunroof has a comfort stop feature which stops the sunroof from opening to the full open position From the comfort stop position press the rear of the pa
166. a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet 5 111 Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of the leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean the vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss ina non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather 5 112
167. a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say List The system lists all the paired Bluetooth devices If a phone is connected to the vehicle the system will say Is connected after the connected phone 3 111 Deleting a Paired Phone 1 Press and hold for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say Delete The system asks which phone to delete followed by a tone 4 Say the name of the phone to be deleted If the phone name is unknown use the List command for a list of all paired phones The system responds with Would you like to delete lt phone name gt Yes or No followed by a tone 5 Say Yes to delete the phone The system responds with OK deleting lt phone name gt 3 112 Linking to a Different Phone 1 Press and hold amp for tw
168. a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash the vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice Using strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels 5 116 The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of the vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because they could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice Driving the vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be cov
169. a warning message appears on the display Take any message that appears on the display seriously and remember that clearing the message only makes the message disappear and does not correct the problem 3 49 DIC Operation and Displays The Driver Information Center DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the instrument panel next to the steering wheel ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to scroll through the trip and fuel displays See Trip Fuel Display Menu Items following for more information on these displays Ti Vehicle Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information displays See Vehicle Information Display Menu Items following for more information on these displays amp Customization Press this button to scroll through each of the customization features See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 for more information on the customization features 3 50 V Set Reset Press this button to reset certain DIC features and to acknowledge DIC warning messages and clear them from the DIC display V Menu Up Down Press this button to scroll up and down the menu items Trip Fuel Display Menu Items TN Trip Fuel The following display menu items can be displayed by pressing the trip fuel button Odometer This display shows the distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km Trip A or Trip B
170. acement number shown on the original battery s label Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling After a power loss such as disconnecting the battery or removing the maxi fuses in the power distribution fuse block the following steps must be performed to calibrate the electronic throttle control If this is not done the engine will not run properly 1 Turn the ignition to ON RUN Do not start the engine 2 Leave the ignition in ON RUN for at least three minutes so that the electronic throttle control will cycle and re learn its home position 3 Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF 4 Start and run the engine for at least 30 seconds Vehicle Storage A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 5 48 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If the vehicle is driven infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This helps keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of the vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This helps maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time 5 47 Jump Starting Notice I
171. ached label near the deployment opening For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger With seat mounted side impact airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the side of the seatback closest to the door With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job 1 55 Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Also airbags are not designed to deploy in every crash In some crashes safety belts are your only restraint See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 60 Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 1 56 A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great
172. ag ea eaa N aan 2 44 Park Tilt MIMOS oi siccccsicectseencinieccucs eae nsee neat 2 54 Parking ASSISE ea a eecetaeehgtateeenseateesecaa 2 54 Over Things That Burn i serrenscesrnesereirisrnnss 2 51 Parking Your Vehicle 2 issccicccvicnciseceieenseecacsdaree ses 2 50 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 02 5 3 36 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 29 Passenger Sensing System ceeeeeeeeeeeees 1 63 PASSING hannan aee aaa 4 12 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 5 Phone Bluetooth sisiraan 3 109 Power Door Loeks aana a OENE 2 18 Electrical Systemi m amcenorrie iaa 5 119 Lumbar and Side Bolsters ceeeeeeeeee ee 1 6 Lumbar Gontrols isca cncicst dese tecienav aie 1 6 Retained Accessory cceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeen es 2 34 Seabee a E a EN 1 5 10 Power cont Steering Fluid seresissiireion sipiin 5 41 Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column 3 7 WINGOWS Gcieseninte cea ritt acest aE EE OAE 2 24 PHIVACY sntocsnccasewencetcacida lacs n EE EEDA 7 18 Navigation System c cceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeene ees 7 20 OMSIAN eee st cal ce ner astee tee tates 7 20 Radio Frequency Identification 7 20 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 18 Proposition 65 Warning California 5 5 R Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy 7 20 Radio S asaini anomenar a eraa a 3 81 Rad
173. ain and on Wet Roads Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive ignore police warnings and be very cautious about slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid trying to drive through flowing water driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water Hydroplaning Z CAUTION Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning work as well in a quick stop and could cause it has little or no contact with the road pulling to one side You could lose control of the There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning vehicle The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally CAUTION Continued Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include e Allow extra following distance e Pass with caution e Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape e Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled e Have good tires with prop
174. ains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to home furnishings may also transfer color to the vehicle s interior 5 109 When cleaning the vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice Using abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on the vehicle could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on the vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in the vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning the vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening the vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles 5 110 Products that remove odors from the vehicle s upholstery and clean the vehicle s glass can be obtained from your dealer retailer Do not clean the vehicle using A knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any in
175. all The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 81 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 84 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 Inflation Tire Pre
176. all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These
177. alled on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for more information on location Engine Overheating The vehicle has several indicators to warn of engine overheating There are two engine hot messages that may be displayed in the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information You may decide not to lift the hood when this warning appears but instead get service help right away See Roadside Service on page 7 8 If you do decide to lift the hood make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface Then check to see if the engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating both fans should be running If they are not do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced Notice Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty Notice lf the engine catches fire while driving with no coolant the vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 41 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency If Steam Is Coming From The Engine Compartment A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down
178. alled under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 63 If you have any questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can I find out whether this will affect my airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then check that the safety belt reminder light safety belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are all working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job See your dealer retailer to have it repaired Torn o
179. amming Similarly some U S gate operators are manufactured to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulty programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Programming Universal Home Remote procedures regardless of where you live replace Step 3 under Programming Universal Home Remote with the following Continue to press and hold the Universal Home Remote button while you press and release every two seconds cycle the hand held transmitter button until the frequency signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Home Remote The Universal Home Remote indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly Proceed with Step 4 under Programming Universal Home Remote to complete Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate Universal Home Remote button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons The programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or the lease ends To erase all programmed buttons on the Universal Home Remote device 1 Press and hold down the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button To reprogram any of the three Universal Home Remote buttons repeat the programming instructions earlier
180. amp O E T T 3 19 Fog Lamp LIGHT sarrende dicea 3 47 Folding Rear Seat enerne 1 13 OE E A E T adgeachiineinds 5 6 POMWIVGS iinis aniser ia ni e ents 5 7 Califormia Fuel sesipatane earen 5 7 Economy DEVINO serseri eaa E E iA 4 2 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 02 5 5 12 Filling the Tank miscere ea 5 9 Fuels in Foreign Countries 0eceeeeeeeeee ee 5 8 Gage cieie n a aaea E E EAEE REO ONERE ENE 3 48 Gasoline Octane Kerestin ee 5 6 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 5 7 Fuses Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeee ee 5 120 Rear Compartment Fuse Block 5 127 5 130 Underhood Fuse Block 0 0ee 5 120 5 124 Windshield Wiper ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 119 Gage Engine Oil Pressure cceceseeeeeeeneeeeeneee ees 3 46 Speedometer ccesirrrecrsess insirita 3 33 Tachomete Feesn 3 33 Gages BOOS ienee an En Tae R a 3 49 Engine Coolant Temperature 0 0eeeeeee 3 41 UGH anenee E E N EA 3 48 Garage Door Opener ccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeenes 2 61 Gasoline Octane camre E 5 6 Specifications riesenie in EEE n 5 7 Glove BOX esanian eer S a E 2 65 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 6 5 7 7 Halogen BUDS seriinin ai 5 59 Hazard Warning Flashers ssssssscisiciniriiiniasisies 3 6 Head Restraints ccc cccccccinsenstiaaeteetserasea udes 1 2 Headlamp AIMN yersen onora S aia ees 5 55 Headl mps orisni a aa
181. an be badly burned and the vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense fuel only into approved containers e Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside A CAUTION of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and is complete start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil Do not smoke while pumping fuel coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other Do not use a cellular phone while fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could pumping fuel be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Hood Release To open the hood 1 Pull the hood release lever with this symbol on it It is located inside the vehicle on the lower left side of the instrument panel 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and find the secondary hood release lever The lever is located under the front edge of the grille near the center Push the release lever up and raise the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly The
182. ance can damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil 3 45 Engine Oil Pressure Gage A reading outside the normal operating range may be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure Oil should be checked as soon as possible See Oil pressure Low Stop Engine under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 and Engine Oil on page 5 18 A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low The engine can become so hot that it catches fire Someone could be burned Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced United States Canada For vehicles with an engine oil pressure gage It shows the engine oil pressure in psi pounds per square inch when the engine is running Canadian vehicles indicate pressure in kPa kilopascals Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always follow Oil pressure may vary with engine speed outside the maintenance schedule in this manual for temperature and oil viscosity but if readings are outside changing engine oil the normal operating range the oil pressure light will come on See Oil Pressure Light on page 3 45 for more information 3 46 Security Light For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security s
183. ance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the TUNE TONE knob until the speaker control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the TUNE TONE knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can be adjusted by pressing either SEEK arrow FWD or REV buttons until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or fade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for more than two seconds A beep may sound and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all speaker and tone controls to the middle position press the TUNE TONE knob for more than two seconds Digital Signal Processing DSP If the radio has this feature it is used to provide a choice of different listening experiences To choose a DSP setting perform the following steps 1 Press the TUNE TONE knob to display the tone speaker and DSP labels Press the pushbutton located under the DSP label Press the Back button to exit the display To return to the original display repeatedly press the Back button or wait for the display to time out The DSP settings available are e Normal Select for normal mode this provides the best sound quality for all seating positions Driver Select to adjust the audio for the driver to receive the best possible sound quality
184. ance not only helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from the vehicle To help protect the environment and to keep the vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain the vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help keep this vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use the vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep the vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 6 The services in Sc
185. and repaired 5 29 When to Check and What to Use The hydraulic clutch fluid reservoir cap has this symbol on it See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for reservoir location F an Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for the proper fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 The fluid requires changing every two years See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 How to Check and Add Fluid Visually check the clutch fluid reservoir to make sure the fluid level is at the MIN minimum line on the side of the reservoir The hydraulic clutch fluid system should be closed and sealed Do not remove the cap to check the fluid level or to top off the fluid level Remove the cap only when necessary to add the proper fluid until the level reaches the MIN line 5 30 Cooling System The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see A Electric Engine Cooling Fan s Out of View B Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned D
186. ange Hold it briefly until the lane change is complete The arrow will automatically flash three times The lever returns to its starting position when it is released If after signaling a turn or lane change the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on a signal bulb may be burned out Have the bulbs replaced If the bulb is not burned out check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 120 Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for about 1 mile 1 6 km a warning chime will sound and the TURN SIGNAL ON message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC display See Turn Signal On under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Push forward on the turn signal multifunction lever to change the headlamps from low to high beam Pull the lever back and then release it to change from high to low beam If the vehicle is turned off while the high beams are on they will come on the next time the vehicle is started The highbeam light on the instrument panel cluster comes on while the high beam headlamps are on Flash to Pass This feature allows the high beam headlamps to be used to signal the driver in front of you that you want to pass Pull and hold the turn signal multifunction lever toward you to use this feature When this is done the following will occur e If the headlamps are off in low beam or in Daytime Running Lamps
187. ard Drive Device HDD Hard Drive Device Press the HDD button to start the HDD mode HDD displays and playback resumes from where it was last stopped HDD Playback Mode This radio system displays the current hard drive playback mode See the following table showing the display mode options and what happens as the mode is displayed Mode When Displayed System is randomly playing back Snug all HDD content System is playing back content Artist by a selected Artist in alphabetical order System is playing back content Album from a selected album in track order Genre System is playing back content in a selected Genre in alphabetical order 3 98 Mode When Displayed Song System is playing back all songs in alphabetical order Playlist System is playing back all songs from the selected playlist in the order they were added AudioBook System is playing back audio book content HDD Menu 1 Press the MENU SELECT knob to display the HDD Menu 2 Turn this knob to highlight an option from the HDD Menu The available options are e Shuffle Songs e Playlist e Artists e Albums e Song Titles e Genres e Recently Saved e Audiobook 3 Press the MENU SELECT knob to select the desired option Quick Jump To scroll up or down the list of Artists Albums or Song Titles press and hold the pushbutton located under the FWD or REV tab To jump to the beginning middle or last section of the list
188. are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier I
189. are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However chrome polish may be used on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap anda buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by e Extreme dusty conditions e Sand and salt e Heat and sun e Snow and ice without proper removal 5 115 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim The vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with
190. ark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done See Engine Coolant on page 5 31 for more information If the engine is warm or hot the coolant level should be at or above the FROID FULL COLD line on the side of the coolant surge tank If the engine is cold the coolant level should be near the FROID FULL COLD line on the side of the coolant surge tank If it is not there could be a leak in the cooling system 5 33 How to Add Coolant to the Surge Tank A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the surge tank engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could the pressure cap cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged If coolant is needed add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant surge tank A CAU
191. arker Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps Instrument Panel Lights AD Headlamps Turns on the headlamps together with the previously listed lamps and lights Wiper Activated Headlamps This feature activates the headlamps and parking lamps after the windshield wipers have been in use for about six seconds For this feature to work the exterior lamp control must be in AUTO The wiper activated headlamps immediately turn off when the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF or the windshield wiper control is turned off Headlamps on Reminder A warning chime will sound if the exterior lamp control is left on in either the headlamp or parking lamp position and the driver s door is opened with the ignition off See Lights On Reminder on page 3 47 for additional information Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system will make either the reduced intensity low beam headlamps or dedicated DRL s come on when the following conditions are met e Itis still daylight and the ignition is in ON RUN or START e The exterior lamp control is in off or AUTO and the headlamps are off e The automatic transmission is not in P Park When DRL s are on only the reduced intensity low beam headlamps or dedicated DRL s will be on
192. as recorded without folders or playlists The radio displays F1 DISC for the root directory When the CD contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then goes to the root folder The radio displays F1 DISC for the root directory 3 105 Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R or CD RW play in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist Playlists can be changed by pressing the next and previous folder button e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless the folder mode has been chosen as the default display The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name displays the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not in the ID3 tag the radio displays the file name without the extension 3 106 Track names longer than 32 characters are shortened Parts of words
193. ation of the windows 2 24 The power window switches are located on the driver door In addition each door has a switch for its own window The front power window switch operates with two positions for both up and down movement and the rear power window switch operates with one position for up and two positions for down movement Press the switch to the first position to lower the window to the desired level Pull the switch up to raise the window The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP that allows you to use the power windows once the ignition has been turned off For more information see Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 34 Express Down Up Windows Windows with the express feature allow the windows to be raised and lowered all the way without holding the switch Press or pull the switch fully and release it to activate the express feature The express mode can be canceled at any time by briefly pressing or pulling the switch Express Window Anti Pinch Feature If any object is in the path of the window when the express up is active the window will stop at the obstruction and auto reverse to a preset factory position Weather conditions such as severe icing may also cause the window to auto reverse The window will return to normal operation once the obstruction or condition is removed Express Window Anti Pinch Override A CAUTION If express override is activated the window will
194. ay you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough the vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until the vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Antilock Brake System ABS helps avoid only the braking skid Competitive Driving Competitive driving may affect the vehicle warranty See the warranty book before using the vehicle for competitive driving Notice If you use your vehicle for competitive driving the engine may use more oil than it would with normal use Low oil levels can damage the engine Be sure to check the oil level often during competitive driving and keep the level at or near the upper mark that shows the proper operating range on the engine oil dipstick
195. bags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs The vehicle has seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags See Airbag System on page 1 55 Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes In addition these roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in a severe frontal impact Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Seat mounted side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts Roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in rollovers or rear impacts A seat mounted side impact airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck Both roof rail airbags will deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck or in a severe frontal impact In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags i
196. being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information 5 82 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC Spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 65 for additional informati
197. blem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions it can be turned a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery The vehicle s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that the vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement Turn the steering wheel 3 to 5 inches 8 to 13 cm about one eighth turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing e Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a
198. c that is currently playing press and release Ejecting Disc displays and a beep sounds Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The disc can be removed If the disc is not removed after several seconds the disc automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold for two seconds to eject all discs 3 89 K SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than five seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Fast Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume and the elapsed time of the track displays Release to resume playing the track bb FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume and the elapsed time of the track displays Release to resume playing the track FM AM Press to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD Press to play a CD when listening to the radio The disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player AUX Auxiliary Press to automatically search for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected
199. cation as shown in the illustration It is located on the rear passenger side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 You should always use this remote ground location instead of the terminal on the battery 5 49 A CAUTION A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running Be sure the battery has enough water You do not 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or need to add water to the battery installed in your missing insulation If they do you could get a new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be shock The vehicles could be damaged too sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low Before you connect the cables here are some add water to take care of that first If you do not basic things you should know Positive will go to explosive gas could be present positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your negative terminal if the vehicle has one eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help i
200. ccasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving the vehicle without a trailer This can help to avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer Because the rig is longer it is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle The vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so the trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance 4 33 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer The arrows on the instrument panel flash whenever signaling a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps also flash telling other drivers the vehicle is turning changing lanes or stopping When towing a trailer
201. cceeeeeeeeees 5 118 Spare A ee eee a eee Sesecee snes 5 102 Vehicle Identification Number VIN tale EAT 5 118 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 106 Service Parts Identification Label 0 0000 5 118 Compact Spare Tire ccceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeee es 5 108 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Electrical System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee es 5 119 Underhood Fuse Block CTS o ae 5 120 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 ee 5 119 Underhood Fuse Block CTS V 0 0eee 5 124 Windshield Wiper Fuses ccecce 5 119 Rear Compartment Fuse Block CTS 5 127 Power Windows and Other Power Options 5 119 Rear Compartment Fuse Block CTS V 5 130 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeeeee ee 5 120 Capacities and Specifications 0 006 5 133 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco ig Parts EJ Goodwrench cil Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to the vehicle they can affect vehicle performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability contr
202. ce commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Most vehicles include 30 trial minutes good for 60 days Hands Free Calling can also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit onstar com or onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation Vehicles with the OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation system can provide voice guided driving directions Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor locate a business or address and download driving directions to the vehicle Voice guided directions to the desired destination will play through the audio system speakers See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes Press the phone button and give a few simple voice commands to browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information This feature is only available in the continental U S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls This vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with
203. ces or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on TPMS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors or rotate your vehicle s tires the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure If increasing the tire s air pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key You have two minutes to match the first tire wheel position and five minutes overall to match all four tire wheel positions If it takes longer than two minutes to match the first tire and wheel or more than five minutes to match all four tire and wheel positions the matching process stops and
204. ck the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 1 50 6 If the child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for more information 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor When installing a forward facing child restraint it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 1 51 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position This vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 41 In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 63 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 36 for more information including important safety information A label
205. ck on continue to drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop and park the vehicle right away If there is no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while parked If the warning is still displayed turn off the engine until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode next in this section Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode This operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency Should a hot engine condition exist an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode there is a loss in power and engine performance Driving extended miles km and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss and change the oil See Engine Oil on page 5 18 Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for the location of the power steering fluid reservoir AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and r
206. cle While Parked 2 52 2 1 Section 2 Features and Controls MMERONS arrra decease E 2 53 Universal Home Remote System 2 61 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 2 53 Universal Home Remote System Operation Outside Power Mirrors 0cceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 53 With One Triangular LED 2 0000e 2 61 Park Tilt Minors scctcccciccstancactieancekis niantas 2 54 Storage Areas eccceccccecee cece teeseeeseneees 2 65 Outside Convex Mirror ceeeeeeeeeies 2 54 Glove BOX siissiisrisircirrennsrnrnriissrikriiir rrenan 2 65 Outside Heated Mirrors seseeeeererrrrererereerere 2 54 Cupholders sareen eree re eE TE Ra 2 65 Object Detection Systems eee 2 54 Instrument Panel Storage eeeeeeeeee tena ees 2 66 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA 2 54 Center Console Storage eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 66 OnStar System oaii 2 57 Convenience Net s ssseretesrrreesrnrnrnnenenet 2 66 SUMMOON nesnenin a E 2 66 A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave
207. cuit until the problem is fixed or goes away 5 119 Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and don t have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of the vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can 5 120 Underhood Fuse Block CTS The underhood fuse block is located on the passenger side of the engine compartment Lift the fuse block cover to access the fuses Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on the vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component CORRECT ORIENTATION AS Co CO Cf pew C INDICATED BY THE NOTCH LTLO ATLO LOBEAM OHD SPRE AN ORIENTATION DIFFERENCE BEAM BEAM DALLT ITpaL OF 180 IS ACCEPTABLE co HO J ECWTOMTGN MISC IGN FOR 4 TERMINAL RELAYS Lena au g Bows A Ed BCM2 INSERER LES RELAIS D APRES LES INDICATIONS SUR LETIQUETTE L INDENTATION INDIQUE LORIENTATION CORRECTE UNE DIFFERENCE D
208. d be a problem with the charging system A charging system message in the Driver Information Center DIC can also appear See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information This light could indicate that there are problems with a generator drive belt or that there is an electrical problem Have it checked right away If the vehicle must be driven a short distance with the light on turn off accessories such as the radio and air conditioner Up Shift Light The vehicle may have an up shift light it shows when to shift to the next higher gear for best fuel economy See Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 42 for more information For the CTS V the tracer lights function as a performance up shift light These tracers flash to indicate when to shift to the next higher gear to avoid the engine speed limit See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 37 or Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 42 for more information 3 37 Brake System Warning Light This vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop the vehicle For good braking both parts need to be working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have the brake system inspected right away Canada BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when the ignition is turned to ON RUN If it does not come on then have it
209. d be for one of the following reasons e The radio system does not support the playlist format the compressed audio format or the data file format e Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the disc should play e The road is very rough When the road becomes smoother the disc should play e The disc is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the disc e The label could be caught in the CD DVD A player If the disc is not playing correctly for any other reason try a Known good disc If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem 3 93 Hard Drive Device HDD Radios with a hard drive device are able to record songs from Audio CDs MP3 WMA discs and USB mass storage devices This type of radio has a 40 GB gigabyte HDD A portion of the HDD is used for the storage of radio system files The remainder of the HDD capacity is available for the storage of media files Music or content that is stored on the hard drive device that you did not create or have the right to distribute must be deleted before the sale or end of the lease of the vehicle Recording From Audio CDs REC Record While listening to an audio CD press
210. d below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer at Ta at amibars 6 Batco Par Numbers Diver Sie 22m e50 O w o o Passenger Side 21 in 53 3 cm 15890057 CY Engine Drive Belt Routing CTS Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 10 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer S Reading Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 600005 7 2 Online Owner Center ccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 2ee 7 6 Customer Assistance Offices cccceeee eens 7 6 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 7 Roadside Service ccccccceeceeececeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 8 Scheduling Service Appointments 0 7 11 Courtesy Transportation cceeeeeeeeeneee tenes 7 11 Collision Damage Repair ceeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 7 13 Customer Assistance Informatio
211. d hybrid specific warranties in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect
212. d the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle Push the mirror outward to return to its original position 2 53 Park Tilt Mirrors If the vehicle has this feature the passenger and or driver outside mirror tilts to a preselected position when the vehicle is in R Reverse This allows the driver to view the curb when parallel parking When the vehicle is shifted out of R Reverse and after a five second delay the mirrors return to their original position Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on the right Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger side mirror is convex shaped A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat 2 54 Outside Heated Mirrors KI Rear Window Defogger Press to heat the mirrors See Rear Window Defogger under Dual Climate Control System on page 3 24 for more information Object Detection Systems Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA For vehicles with the URPA system it operates at speeds less than 5mph 8 km h and assists the driver with parking and avoiding objects while in R Reverse The sensors on the rear bumper are used to detect the distance to an
213. dd ahaa sai aie 4 18 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud lce Or SNOW konice aaa a EN 4 20 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 21 Loading the Vehicle cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 21 TOWING s2ocec0n cleo ees 4 26 Towing Your Vehicle cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 4 26 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 26 Towing a Trailer CTS V cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 29 Towing a Trailer CTS o ae 4 29 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle Driving for Better Fuel Economy Driving habits can affect fuel mileage Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible e Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly e Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops e Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time e When road and weather conditions are appropriate use cruise control if equipped e Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require e Keep vehicle tires properly inflated e Combine several trips into a single trip e Replace the vehicle s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire s sidewall near the size e Follow recommended scheduled maintenance Defensive Driving Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for Everyone on page 1 14 A CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians
214. ddition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue S E Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 458 8006 or write Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 In Canada call 1 888 446 2000 or write Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 General Motors of Canada Limited 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa
215. de up The player pulls the CD in A Shuffle label and the DISC icon displays 4 Press the pushbutton located below the Shuffle label to play the tracks of a current disc in random order Press the pushbutton again to turn Shuffle off Shuffle Off displays 5 The CD resumes normal playback To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold this button for five seconds A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs 3 Press the Load button again to cancel loading more CDs If the ignition or radio is turned off while a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the disc number displays on the upper right side of the screen and the track number displays at the left and center of the screen The Shuffle and Disc labels appear below Press the pushbuttons located under the Disc label to change to another disc The CD begins playback of the first track on the selected disc As each new track starts to play the track number displays in the left and center of the screen Shuffle Press the pushbutton located below the Shuffle label to play the tracks of the CD that is currently playing in random order Press again to turn Shuffle off Shuffle Off displays A Eject To eject the dis
216. desired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Universal Home Remote System Operation With One Triangular LED If there is one triangular Light Emitting Diode LED indicator light above the Universal Home Remote buttons follow the instructions below This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home automation devices Do not use the Universal Home Remote with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the Universal Home Remote Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you in the programming the Universal Home Remote 2 61 Keep the original hand held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future Universal Home Remote programming It is also recommended that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed Un
217. device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 5 76 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly if the vehicle has one The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmits the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Using the Driver Information Center DIC the driver can also check tire pressure levels using the DIC For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument panel cluster A DIC warning message to check the pressure in a specific tire is also shown on the DIC display screen The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure The low tire pres
218. dge If the surface of a disc is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Care of Your CD or DVD A Player Do not add any label to a disc it could get caught in the CD DVD A player If a disc is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed label the top of the recorded disc with a marking pen The use of disc lens cleaners for discs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the disc optics with lubricants internal to the CD DVD A player mechanism Notice lf a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see Disc Messages later in this section Playing an MP3 WMA Disc Radios with the MP3 feature are capable of playing an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW disc Radios with the DVD Audio feature are capable of playing MP3 WMA on DVD R discs For more information see Using an MP3 on page 3 104 later in this section Disc Messages DISC ERROR If this message displays and or the disc ejects it coul
219. do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so the rig can turn Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Does the trailer have its own brakes Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so they are installed adjusted and maintained properly Because the vehicle has StabiliTrak do not try to tap into the vehicle s hydraulic brake system If you do both brake systems will not work well or at all Trailer Wiring Harness All of the electrical circuits required for the trailer lighting system can be accessed at the driver s side rear lamp connector This connector is located under the carpet on the rear corner of the trunk compartment Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Get to know the rig before setting out for the open road Get acquainted with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now longer and not as responsive as the vehicle is by itself Before starting check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connectors lamps tires and mirror adjustments If the trailer has electric brakes start the vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This checks the electrical connection at the same time During the trip check o
220. door To customize which doors unlock when the driver s door handle is pulled see Keyless Unlock under D C Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 Keyless Locking The doors lock after several seconds if all doors are closed and at least one keyless access transmitter has been removed from the interior of the vehicle To customize whether the doors automatically lock when you exit the vehicle see Keyless Locking under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 Keyless Trunk Opening Press the trunk release button located on the trunk lid above the license plate to open the trunk if the keyless access transmitter is within range There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Keyless Access System on page 2 8 With Remote Start Shown Without Similar Lock Press once to lock the doors The turn signal indicators flash When 3 is pressed twice the turn signal indicators flash twice and the horn sounds once to confirm locking 2 10 To program the vehicle so the turn signal indicators do not flash and the horn does not sound when pressing on the keyless access transmitter see Remote Door Lock Feedback under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 A Unlock Press once to unlock only the driver door The turn signal indicators flash twice Press i twice within five seconds to unlock all the doors The interior lamps may come on To program the vehicle so the
221. door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely Maximum Electronic Keys Learned If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays when the maximum number of transmitters have been learned See Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for more information Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine Notice lf you drive your vehicle while the engine oil pressure is low severe engine damage may occur If a low oil pressure warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not drive the vehicle until the cause of the low oil pressure is corrected See Engine Oil on page 5 18 for more information This message displays when the vehicle s engine oil pressure is low The oil pressure light may also appear on the instrument panel cluster See Oil Pressure Light on page 3 45 See Engine Oil on page 5 18 for more information Stop the vehicle immediately as engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible when this message is displayed 3 63 Park Brake Released For vehicles with the Electric Parking Brake this message displays when the parking brake has been released from the set position See Electric Parking Brake on page 2 45 for more information Park Brake Set For vehicles with the Electric Parking Brake this message displays when the parki
222. ds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B 1 43 Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the
223. e Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 113 5 114 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer If the vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces
224. e If the keyless access transmitter is ever damaged you may not be able to start your vehicle When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light comes on there may be a problem with your immobilizer system Turn the ignition control knob off and try again 2 30 If the ignition control knob does not rotate and the keyless access transmitter appears to be undamaged try another keyless access transmitter Or you may try placing the transmitter in the transmitter pocket located in the center console See Electronic Key Not Detected under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 At this time you may also want to check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 120 If the ignition control knob still does not rotate with the other transmitter your vehicle needs service If the ignition control knob does rotate the first transmitter may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the theft deterrent system and have a new keyless access transmitter programmed to the vehicle It is possible for the immobilizer system to learn new or replacement keyless access transmitters Up to 4 keyless access transmitters can be programmed for the vehicle To program additional transmitters see Matching transmitter s to Your Vehicle under Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle
225. e control switch off until you want to use cruise control 1 Press the 8 button 2 Get up to the desired speed 3 Press the SET button located on the steering wheel and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator Resuming a Set Speed Suppose the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brake is applied This shuts off the cruise control But it does not need to be reset Once the vehicle is driving at about 25 mph 40 km h or more press the RES button on the steering wheel The vehicle goes back to the previously set speed and stays there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control To increase the cruise speed while using cruise control e Press and hold the RES button on the steering wheel until the desired speed is reached then release it e To increase vehicle speed in small increments press the RES button Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control To reduce the vehicle s speed while using cruise control e Press and hold the SET button on the steering wheel until the desired speed is reached then release it e To slow down in very small amounts press the SET button on the steering wheel briefly Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle s speed When you tak
226. e to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification 5 87 Used Replacement Wheels Tire Chains A CAUTION A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on the vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Do not use tire chains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on the vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to the vehicle drive slowly re adjust or remove the device if it is contacting the vehicle and do not spin the wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the rear tires 5 88 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blow out while you are driving e
227. e www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and the vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before attempting any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If the wrong fasteners are used parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If doing some of your own service work use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 17 This vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 69 Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed See Maintenance Record on page 6 18 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle Things added to the outside of the vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of
228. e Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 5 or Keyless Access System on page 2 8 for additional information See Engine Exhaust on page 2 51 for important safety information when using remote start in a closed garage Doors and Locks Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are not locked So all passengers should wear safety belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock the vehicle From the inside use the manual lock levers located on the door panels near the windows Push down on the manual lock lever to lock the door To unlock the door pull up on the lever If the windows are down and the doors are locked do not reach in to manually unlock the vehicle because you will set off the alarm From the outside use the key or pres
229. e centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire 5 69 Maximum Inflation
230. e circuitry on the transmitter Static from your body could damage the transmitter To replace the battery 1 Separate the transmitter with a flat thin object inserted into the notch located above the metal base 2 Remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 3 Insert the new battery positive side facing up Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery 4 Snap the transmitter back together Keyless Access System Your vehicle may have a Keyless Access System that operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment If you ever notice a decrease in the keyless access transmitter range
231. e cooling system and pressure cap j If using DOT 4 brake fluid only Drain flush and refill brake hydraulic system at a regular maintenance service every two years This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Brakes on page 5 44 k A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed I f driving regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change m Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary n If the vehicle has the 3 6L V6 Code V engine replace the engine air cleaner filter every 40 000 miles 64 000 km o Drain flush and refill clutch hydraulic system at a regular maintenance service every two years This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service Change fluid every 25 000 miles 40 000 km if the vehicle is used for high performance operation p Drain flush and refill intercooler system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 31 q During any maintenance if a power washer is used to clean mud and dirt from the underbody care should be taken to not directly spray the transfer case output seals High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the
232. e fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more The Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 improves the ability to accelerate on slippery roads but slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions When driving through deep snow turn off the traction control system to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds The Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 5 improves vehicle stability during hard stops on a slippery roads but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement Allow greater following distance on any slippery road and watch for slippery spots Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice Turn off cruise control if equipped on slippery surfaces Blizzard Conditions Being stuck in snow can be in a serious situation Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby If possible use the Roadside Service on page 7 8 To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe e Turn on the Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 e Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror A CAUTION Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle This may cause exhaust gases to get inside Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousn
233. e is running this indicates that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent Being aware of the light can prevent more serious damage to the vehicle This system assists the service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If the vehicle is continually driven with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well the vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of the vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect the vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 An emission system malfunction might be corrected by doing the following e Make sure the fuel cap is fully installed See Filling This light comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could da
234. e it inspected and repaired How to Check Lubricant A Drain Plug B Fill Plug To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be ona level surface If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the transfer case you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole Use care not to overtighten the plug 5 53 What to Use How to Check Lubricant Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids SV and Lubricants on page 6 14 Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Have it inspected and repaired To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the rear axle you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole 5 54 What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 Headlamp Aiming The vehicle has a visual optical headlamp aiming system The aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if the vehicle is damaged in a crash the headlamp aim may be
235. e key is removed from the ignition The theft deterrent system is disarmed when the key is turned to ON RUN You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system The key uses a transponder that matches an immobilizer control unit in your vehicle and automatically disarms the system Only the correct key will start the vehicle If the key is ever damaged you may not be able to start your vehicle When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light comes on there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 120 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the theft deterrent system and have a new key made It is possible for the theft deterrent system decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys can be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only To program a new key do the following 1 Verify that the new key has stamped on it 2 In
236. e key hard If none of this works then the vehicle needs service 2 32 A LOCK OFF This is the only position in which the key can be inserted or removed This position locks the ignition and shifter on automatic transmission vehicles and the ignition and steering wheel on manual transmission vehicles B ACC ACCESSORY This position lets you use things like the radio and the windshield wipers when the engine is off This position allows you to turn off the engine C ON RUN This position is for driving It is the position the ignition switch returns to after the engine starts and the key is released To shift the transmission out of P Park the ignition key has to be in ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN The battery could be drained if the key is left in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off The vehicle might not start if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time D START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch returns to ON RUN for driving A warning tone will sound when the driver door is opened the ignition is in ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF and the key is in the ignition Ignition Positions Keyless Access You can turn the ignition control knob to four different positions To shift out of P Park ignition must be in the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal must be applied Using a tool to force the ig
237. e of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 60 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts 1 61 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags and seat mounted side impact airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 61 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle 1 62 A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but canno
238. e track number displays at the left and center of the screen The Shuffle Disc and Folder labels appear below Press the pushbutton located under the Shuffle label to play the MP3 WMA files of the currently selected CD in random order Press the pushbuttons located under the Disc or Folder labels to change to another disc or folder As each new track starts to play the track number and song title displays a Eject Press to eject a CD If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold this button for two seconds to eject all discs TUNE TONE Turn to select MP3 WMA files on the CD playing K SEEK D Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 WMA file if more than five seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next MP3 WMA file If either arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through MP3 WMA files on the CD lt Previous Folder Press the pushbutton under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 WMA file Sound is heard at a reduced volume The elapsed time of the file displays Release to resume playing the
239. e use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer Scheduled Maintenance To maintain the ride handling and performance of this vehicle it is important that the first tire rotation service be performed when the vehicle has 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Check tires for inflation pressures and wear See Tires on page 5 63 Rotate tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 80 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 11 When the Change Engine Oil Soon message displays in the Driver Information Center DIC service is required for the vehicle Have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally service the vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 21 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the Change Engine Oil Soon message appears the following services checks
240. e your foot off the pedal the vehicle slows down to the previously set cruise speed 3 15 Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle s speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle s speed down When the brakes are applied the cruise control turns off Ending Cruise Control There are four ways to end cruise control e Step lightly on the brake pedal manual and automatic transmissions e Press the clutch pedal to the floor manual transmissions Press on the steering wheel Press 6 on the steering wheel Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set speed memory is erased when the cruise control or the ignition is turned off Headlamps The exterior lamp control is located towards the end of the turn signal multifunction lever Exterior Lamp Control Turn the band with this symbol on it to operate the exterior lamps The exterior lamp control has four positions D Off Turns off all lamps except the Daytime Running Lamps DRL AUTO Automatic Turns the headlamps on and off automatically depending upon how much light is available outside of the vehicle 500 Parking Lamps Turns on the parking lamps together with the following e Sidem
241. eceeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeees 5 109 Mirrors _ poeta at tesa sade etn enmansa eaadieatteeeeine ade 2 53 Vehicle Identification eee eecccecccecececececececeeee 5 118 Object Detection Systems eee 2 54 Electrical System aaaeei reen 5 119 OnStar Systemi soannen is 2 57 Capacities and Specifications 00 001 5 133 Universal Home Remote System _ 2 61 Maintenance Schedule cccecccceeecceeeeee 6 1 Storage Areas oo eee cecccecceeeeaeeeeeeeueeenees 2 65 Maintenance Schedule 6 2 SUNTOOF peresina E e EE 2 66 Customer Assistance Information 7 4 Instrument Panel ER eg tea 3 1 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Instrument Panel Overview oe ec ceeccceeceeeeeees 3 4 Reporting Safety Defects i 7 16 Climate Controls eee 3 24 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy aera 7 18 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 30 Index 1 Driver Information Center DIC seasea AQ INDEX vo eeeeeeeereeeeteeee tees tenets neeeeteteeteneeteteeetentenees Audio System S ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 3 80 DIGITAL SURROUND GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem CADILLAC bt the CADILLAC Crest amp Wreath and the name CTS DTS Aian ae a are o are registered trademarks and the name CTS V trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc is a trademark of General Motors Corporation DO DoLBy gracenote D
242. econds 3 83 Finding a Station TUNE TONE Turn to select different radio stations within a selected band FM AM Press to switch between FM and AM radio bands K SEEK D Press to go to the previous or to the next radio station and stay there The radio only tunes into stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band INFO Information FM RDS XM Satellite Radio Service CD Text CD Gracenote Database HDD MP3 WMA and iPod Press to display additional text information related to the currently playing content When information is not available No Information displays MENU SELECT For FM AM stations the MENU SELECT displays a list of available radio stations Under this menu there is a refresh list selection that allows the user to update the list for all available stations that the radio is able to receive at the current location 3 84 For XM stations the music guide displays a Category list This list displays all of the Categories available and the number of XM stations available under each Turn the MENU SELECT knob clockwise or counterclockwise to scroll through the list Press this knob to select the desired item The selected item displays a speaker symbol to indicate it is the current active source Finding a XM Station Press to switch to XM mode Turn the TUNE TONE knob to select from a list of available XM stations Turn the TUNE TONE knob until the desired station i
243. ed Slip Rear Axle Vehicles with a limited slip rear axle can give more traction on snow mud ice sand or gravel It works like a standard axle most of the time but when traction is low this feature allows the drive wheel with the most traction to move the vehicle All Wheel Drive AWD System With this feature the AWD system will automatically monitor and adjust engine power to the front and rear wheels for the best traction and handling If there is a loss of traction or stability the AWD system works with the electronic stability control system to increase power to the front wheels as necessary If the spare tire is on the vehicle there may be a slight reduction in performance of the AWD system See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for AWD related DIC messages Steering Power Steering If power steering assist is lost because the engine stops or the system is not functioning the vehicle can be steered but it will take more effort Speed Variable Assist Steering The vehicle has a steering system that varies the amount of effort required to steer the vehicle in relation to the speed of the vehicle The amount of steering effort required is less at slower speeds to make the vehicle more maneuverable and easier to park At faster speeds the steering effort increases to provide a sport like feel to the steering This provides maximum control and stability If the vehicle seems harder to steer than normal when
244. ed into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver If so a Driver Information Center DIC message might be displayed such as BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW or LOW BATTERY If this message is displayed it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 Battery Run Down Protection This feature helps to prevent battery drain if accessory lamps are left on If accessory lamps such as the vanity mirror cargo reading console or glove box are left on they automatically time out after about 20 minutes To reset the battery protection all of the above lamps must be turned off or the ignition must be in the ACC ACCESSORY position 3 21 Accessory Power Outlet s Accessory power outlets can be used to connect auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone There are three accessory power outlets There is an outlet located in the front storage area below the climate control system one inside
245. ee DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid more information Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of Open the cap with the the washer system Also water does not clean as Hee sila th ne i well as washer fluid ieee ees z Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full Compartment Overview on when it is very cold This allows for fluid page 5 14 for reservoir expansion if freezing occurs which could location damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint 5 43 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down e The brake fluid level goes down because of normal brake lining wear When new linings are installed the fluid level goes back up e A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause a low fluid level Have the brake hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well 5 44 Do not top off the brake fluid Adding fluid does not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings are worn there will be too much fl
246. eeeee ee 6 11 At Least Once a Year ccc cece ec eeeeeee ease ee eees 6 11 INTOGUGTION roroesan a a 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes ccccceeeceeeeeeeenees 6 8 Maintenance Record ccccceeee eee eeeeeeeees 6 18 Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 6 16 Maintenance Requirements s c 6 2 Owner Checks and Services ccccceeeeee 6 10 Maintenance Schedule cont Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 14 Scheduled Maintenance scceeeeeeeeeee es 6 4 USING seine saetn ian aai Daai a EESE 6 3 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Lamp eeeeeneeee eens 3 42 Manual Seats cecceceececeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Manual Transmission IGG st anced etiececuee seamaster staternencte seaacsesdemeetese 5 29 Operation ssc ieecsececdteee weiss dawendainee sens taeietens 2 42 Memory Seat Mirrors Steering Wheel Controls 1 8 Message DIC Warnings and Messages eeeeeeeeee 3 57 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview ccce 2 53 Outside Convex Mirror 0ccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 54 Outside Heated Mirrors 0cceceeeeeeeeeees 2 54 Outside Power Mirrors sc0ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 53 Park Tili rdest gii Setuatcasauweniee rE E 2 54 MPI e E E A e 3 104 Navigation System Privacy eeeeeeeeeeeee ees 7 20 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manualer eana e
247. eeeneees 5 6 Gasoline Specifications c ceeeeeeeeeneeeeee eres 5 7 California Fuel seisshen nnii neinna niaan 5 7 AQAWVES rosis orema ne oleae cia EE EEREN 5 7 Fuels in Foreign Countries cceeeeeeneeeeenes 5 8 Filling the TANK ses cscseeccecteectsnnnhecasncediecendebie sees 5 9 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 065 5 12 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 12 Hood Release ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 5 13 Engine Compartment Overview 5 14 Engine Oil sigirini pine iaa aE 5 18 Engine Oil Life System ceeeeeeeeee eee eeee ees 5 21 Engine COVE cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee niiin 5 23 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c eeeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 25 Automatic Transmission Fluid eeeeeee 5 29 Manual Transmission Fluid eeeeeeeees 5 29 Hydraulic CIUtCH ecinic 5 29 Cooling System cceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeene 5 30 Engine Coolant ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 31 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 6 08 5 38 Engine Overheating cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 38 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode eceeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeee eens 5 41 Power Steering Fluid ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 41 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeeeeeee eee es 5 42 Brakes svess aitseeseleettreiegrzes N aE 5 44 Battery cgetccosatn cheated sad tnoncmesan adie ee 5 4
248. eels on the dolly 4 28 3 Firmly set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 44 4 Put the vehicle in P Park for an automatic transmission or in 1 First for a manual transmission 5 Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the dolly 6 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing 7 Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF Dolly Towing All Wheel Drive Vehicles Notice Towing an all wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or even with only two of its wheels on the ground will damage drivetrain components Do not tow an all wheel drive vehicle with any of its wheels on the ground All wheel drive vehicles can only be towed with all four wheels on a trailer Towing a Trailer CTS V The CTS V is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer Towing a Trailer CTS A CAUTION The driver can lose control when pulling a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all The driver and passengers could be seriously injured The vehicle may also be damaged the resulting repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle The vehicle can tow a trailer
249. ehicle has the 6 2L supercharged V8 engine VIN Code P use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher For best performance use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 93 In an emergency you can use regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 87 or higher If 87 octane fuel is used do not perform any aggressive driving maneuvers such as wide open throttle applications You might also hear audible spark knock during acceleration Refill the tank with premium fuel as soon as possible to avoid damaging the engine If you are using gasoline rated at 91 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 7 for additional information California Fuel If the vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards the vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be
250. ehicle if the BRAKE light is flashing See your dealer retailer See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 38 for more information If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is in motion a chime will sound and the DIC message Release Park Brake Switch will be displayed The vehicle will decelerate as long as the switch is held in the up position Releasing the EPB switch during the deceleration will release the parking brake If the switch is held in the up position until the vehicle comes to a stop the EPB will remain applied If the BRAKE light is on either the EPB is applied or there is a failure in the hydraulic brake system 2 46 If this light is flashing the EPB is only partially applied or released or there is a problem with the EPB The DIC message Service Park Brake will be displayed If this light is flashing release the EPB and attempt to apply it again If this light continues to flash do not drive the vehicle See your dealer retailer If the P light is on the EPB has detected an error in another system and is operating with reduced functionality To apply the EPB when this light is on lift up on the EPB switch and hold it in the up position Full application of the parking brake by the EPB system may take a longer period of time than normal when this light is on Continue to hold the switch until the BRAKE light remains on If the P light is on see your dealer retailer If the EPB fails
251. ehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to e My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area e My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM dealers retailers e My Driveway Access quick links to parts and service estimates check trade in values or schedule a service appointment by adding the vehicles you own to your driveway profile e My Preferences Manage your profile and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up visit the My GM Canada section within www gm ca Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Cadillac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Cadillac by dialing 1 800 833 CMCC 2622 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Cadillac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Cadillac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 www Cadillac com 1 800 458 8006 1 800 833 2622 For Te
252. ehicles with key access remove the key and take it with you If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand the vehicle is in P Park Vehicles with the keyless access system take the keyless access transmitter with you Leaving the Vehicle With the Engine Running Automatic Transmission A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running The vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running the vehicle must be in P Park and the parking brake set After shifting into P Park try to move the shift lever out without first pushing the button on the shift lever If you can the shift lever was not fully locked into P Park Torque Lock Automatic Transmission Torque lock is when the weight of the vehicle puts too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission This happens when parking on a hill and shifting the transmission into P Park is not done properly and then it is difficult to shift out of P Park To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into P Park To find out how see Shifting Into P Park listed previously If torque lock does occur your veh
253. el Cluster eeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 31 Speedometer and Odometer e eeeeeeeee 3 33 Trip Odometers Ferie diensa oranie nesnenin 3 33 Tachometer psppriemariteann i ae 3 33 Engine Speed Limiter cceeeeeeeeeee ees 3 34 Safety Belt Reminders cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 34 Airbag Readiness Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 35 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 36 Charging System Light eceeeeeeeeeee eee 3 37 Up Shift Light seiersen iea 3 37 Brake System Warning Light ceeee 3 38 3 1 Section 3 Instrument Panel Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light 3 39 Driver Information Center DIC 3 49 StabiliTrak Traction Control DIC Operation and Displays ccceeeeeeeees 3 50 System TCS Warning Light ee 3 40 DIC COMPASS ics sczatdsienst dandch te uhtaantuetene RE 3 55 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 40 DIC Warnings and Messages 6eseeeeeee ees 3 57 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 6 3 41 DIC Vehicle Customization ccceeeeeeee ees 3 71 Tire Pressure Light 0 eect eeeees 3 41 Audio System s cscecesssssseessesesersssesseness 3 80 Malfunction Indicator Lamp 1 tees 3 42 SECI C eee eee Ore ee ener er eee eee 3 81 Ol Pressure Light 2232 vececenc venedisek shagessetaeqcwmt sees 3 45 Using an MP3 o cccecessceseessse
254. elect the correct name for the MultiHit recorded CD The Gracenote Database stored on the HDD can be updated so that it includes name information for more recently released audio CDs See your dealer retailer for more information on Gracenote Database updates for the HDD radio Gracenote Database Gracenote Music Recognition Service Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery For more information visit gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 3 95 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote If you require more information regarding the use of the Gracenote Service visit gracenote com corporate For the data provided by Gracenote Music Recognition Service the content is not necessarily guaranteed 100 Regarding the use of Gracenote Music Recognition Service When
255. elivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station Lock Out Service Service is provided to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out A remote unlock may be available if you have OnStar For security reasons the driver must present identification before this service is given Emergency Tow From a Public Road or Highway Tow to the nearest Cadillac dealer for warranty service or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in the sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Service is provided to change a flat tire with spare tire The spare tire if equipped must be in good condition and properly inflated It is your responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty Battery Jump Start Service is provided to jump start a dead battery Trip Routing Service Detailed maps of North America are provided when requested either with the most direct route or the most scenic route Additional travel information is also available Allow three weeks for delivery Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 5 year 100 000 miles 160 000 km Powertrain warranty period Items considered are hotel meals and rental car Cadillac Technician Roadside Service U S only Cadillac s exceptional Roadside S
256. els as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while shifting and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If the vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 26 Loading the Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label Z CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label M AT ON REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed p erene kg or i Ibs SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION K
257. elts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 34 for additional information In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A pr Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt You could be
258. ements and explain how to receive payment e Alternative Service If assistance cannot be provided right away the Roadside Assistance advisor may give you permission to get local emergency road service You will receive payment up to 100 after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance Mechanical failures may be covered however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests you to bring the vehicle for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain an
259. emoval and Installation of the Sealant Canister following There is only enough sealant to seal one tire After usage the sealant canister and sealant air hose assembly must be replaced See Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister following 5 92 Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit to Temporarily Seal and Inflate a Punctured Tire Follow the directions closely for correct sealant usage 3 Place the kit on the ground Make sure the tire valve stem is positioned close to the ground so the hose will reach it 4 Remove the valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise 5 Attach the sealant air hose F onto the tire valve stem Turn it clockwise until it is tight 6 Plug the power plug H into the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Unplug all items from other accessory power outlets See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 22 If the vehicle has an accessory power outlet do not use the cigarette lighter If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter use the When using the tire sealant and compressor kit during cigarette lighter cold temperatures warm the kit in a heated environment for 5 minutes This will help to inflate the tire faster Do not pinch the power plug cord in the door or window Always do a safety check first See f a Tire Goes Flat 7 on page 5 89 Do not remove any objects that have penetrated the tire 1 Remove the
260. en the fan speed is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter might need to be replaced For more information see Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 29 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 3 2 Air Delivery Mode Control Press the buttons to change the direction of the airflow The current mode appears in the display screen Changing the mode cancels the automatic operation and the system goes into manual mode Press AUTO to return to automatic operation The outboard air outlets always receive some airflow in every mode except defrost 3 25 To change the current mode select one of the following 5 Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets vd Bi Level Air is divided between the instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets In automatic operation cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets ad Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and outboard outlets iv Defog This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture Air is directed to the windshield floor and side window outlets When this mode is selected the system turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing If recirculation is selected while in defog mode it is cancelled after 10 minutes 3 26 W Defrost This mode clears the windshield of fog or frost more
261. engine axle or other parts could be damaged e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that a trailer is towed do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of the vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Vehicles with automatic transmissions can tow in D Drive Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions For vehicles with a manual transmission it is better not to use the highest gear e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on the vehicle s parts 4 30 Three important considerations have to do with weight e The weight of the trailer e The weight of the trailer tongue e The total weight on the vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how the rig is used For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assumi
262. ent for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load 5 74 If your vehicle has 235 50ZR18 255 40ZR19 or 285 35ZR19 size tires they will require inflation pressure adjustment when driving your vehicle at speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher Set the cold inflation pressure to the maximum inflation pressure shown on the tire sidewall or 44 psi 300 kPa whichever is lower See the example following When you end this high speed driving return the tires to the cold tire inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 Example You will find the maximum load and inflation pressure molded on the tire s sidewall in small letters near the rim flange It will read something like this Maximum load 690 kg 1521 Ibs 300 kPa 44 psi Max Press For this example you would set the inflation pressure for high speed driving at 44 psi 300 kPa Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle
263. epaired 5 41 How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be between the HOT and COLD marks If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the mark 5 42 What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 Always use the proper fluid Notice Use of the incorrect fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Always use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When adding windshield washer fluid to the vehicle be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid Notice When using concentrated washer fluid follow the he Washer Fluid Low Add Flui ill The Washer Fluid Low NOC Fluid Message wil ahpoar gn manufacturer s instructions for adding water the Driver Information Center DIC when the fluid level is low S
264. er Lumbar and Side Bolsters 008 1 6 Securing a Child Restraint in the Heated and Ventilated Seats c0ccccseee 1 7 Right Front Seat Position 1eeeee 1 52 Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel 1 8 Airbag System a nn 1 55 Reclining Seatbacks cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 1 10 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 57 Rear Seats ccs ccc laces heasteck ta saseialeaceorataseoeniaals 1 13 When Should an Airbag Inflate eee 1 60 Split Folding Rear Seat cccccccceeseeeeeees 1 13 What Makes an Airbag Inflate eee 1 61 How Does an Airbag Restrain eee 1 61 Safety Belts vepeeeteseseseateneunierenereteeeeeteseneneatieas 1 14 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 62 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 14 Passenger Sensing System 00eeseeees 1 63 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 19 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 69 Ee a ara MAL ee AEEA TE Adding Equipment to Your Safety Belt Extender n 1 32 Alrbag BAUD EO NEMO Gi mitna iishe Teini 1770 Child Restraints 1 33 Restraint System Check eaa E ned 1 71 fe fs ee et ttt eegset gigees tty 4 Checking the Restraint Systems 0 08 1 71 Older Children PEPPERS 1 33 Replacing Restraint System Parts Infants and Young Children ceeeeee 1 36 After a Crash 1 72 Child Restraint Sy
265. er tread depth See Tires on page 5 63 e Turn off cruise control Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include e Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades In good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked e Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean e Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure e Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include e Keep the vehicle well ventilated e Keep interior temperature cool e Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides e Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different A CAUTION than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include Coasting downhill in N Neutral or with the ignition e Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even
266. erates A wet seat can affect the performance of the passenger sensing system Here is how e The passenger sensing system may turn off the passenger airbag when liquid is soaked into the seat If this happens the off indicator will be lit and the airbag readiness light on the instrument panel will also be lit e Liquid pooled on the seat that has not soaked in may make it more likely that the passenger sensing system will enable turn on the passenger airbag while a child restraint or child occupant is on the seat If the passenger airbag is turned on the on indicator will be lit If the passenger seat gets wet dry the seat immediately If the airbag readiness light is lit do not install a child restraint or allow anyone to occupy the seat See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 for important safety information A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 17 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned of
267. ered by the warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion
268. erinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure 5 85 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis CTS V models should only use adhesive wheel weights to balance the tires and wheels Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces 5 86 If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment parts T
269. ervice is more than an auto club or towing service It provides every Cadillac owner in the United States with the advantage of contacting a Cadillac advisor and where available a Cadillac trained dealer technician who can provide on site service A dealer technician will travel to your location within a 30 mile radius of a participating Cadillac dealership If beyond this radius we will arrange to have your car towed to the nearest Cadillac dealership Each technician travels with a specially equipped service vehicle complete with the necessary Cadillac parts and tools required to handle most roadside repairs Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance e Impound towing caused by violation of any laws e Legal fines e Mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices e Towing or services for vehicles driven on a non public road or highway Services Specific to Canadian Purchased Vehicles e Fuel delivery Reimbursement is approximately 5 Canadian Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service e Lock Out Service Vehicle registration is required Trip Routing Service Limit of six requests per year Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair orders are required Once authorization has been received the Roadside Assistance advisor will help you make arrang
270. es 5 90 Instrument Panel BriQhtt Ss ofercie a a O aE 3 20 GIST eee i EE 3 31 OVESEN droan ea nann EEE E 3 4 Storage Area ccseeceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeene 2 66 JUMP Starting sesers ices eee leeks 5 48 Keyless Access System cceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeees 2 8 Keyless Access System Operation 0658 2 9 Keyless Entry System cceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 2 5 IKGYS is cnt redaw nacteabedtaracemedtionaamnectnens ptacenbemneenet 2 3 Labeling Tire Sidewall eceeceeeeeeee tees 5 65 Lamp Malfunction Indicator ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee es 3 42 Lamps Daytime Running DRL cece eect eee es 3 17 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 0 0 3 19 License Plate crire anae eee eden 5 60 Readingi ci cas candauend a a aa AED A 3 20 Lap Shoulder Belt ccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 27 LATCH System for Child Restraints Light Airbag ReadineSs cceeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeees Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Brake System Warning eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Charging Syste cccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeaeees Cruise Control cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee een eeeeeneees Engine Coolant Temperature Warning FOG AMM sercar cai eeaue da taceid aren A dane Highbeam On Lights On Reminder c eceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees Oil Pressure Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
271. ess System automatic adjustment occurs when the driver door is opened To stop recall movement of the memory feature at any time press one of the power seat controls memory buttons power tilt wheel control or power mirror buttons If something has blocked the driver seat or the steering column while recalling a memory position the recall may stop Remove the obstruction then press the appropriate control for the area that is not recalling for two seconds Try recalling the memory position again by pressing the appropriate memory button If the memory position is still not recalling see your dealer retailer for service Easy Exit Recall With the vehicle in P Park for an automatic transmission or the parking brake applied for a manual transmission press the exit button to recall the exit position If the easy exit seat feature is on in the DIC automatic seat and power telescopic steering column movement occurs when the key is removed from the ignition On vehicles with the Keyless Access System automatic adjustment occurs when the ignition is turned to OFF and the driver door is opened A single beep sounds The driver seat moves back and if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature it moves up and forward See EASY EXIT RECALL under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 for more information For more programming information see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 Recli
272. ess and even death If the vehicle is stuck in the snow e Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued e Check again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there e Open a window about two inches 5 cm on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind to bring in fresh air Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel Adjust the Climate Control system to a setting that circulates the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting See Climate Control System in the Index For more information about carbon monoxide see Engine Exhaust on page 2 51 Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust Run the engine for short periods only as needed to keep warm but be careful To save fuel run the engine for only short periods as needed to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and close the window most of the way to save heat Repeat this until help arrives but only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold Moving about to keep warm also helps If it takes some time for help to arri
273. ess contacts stored in the cell phone 1 Press and hold for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say Voice The system responds with OK accessing lt phone name gt e The cell phone s normal prompt messages will go through its cycle according to the phone s operating instructions 3 120 Dual Tone Multi Frequency DTMF Tones The in vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers and numbers stored as name tags during a call This is used when calling a menu driven phone system Account numbers can be programmed into the phonebook for retrieval during menu driven calls Sending a number during a call 1 Press amp The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Dial The system responds with Say a number to send tones followed by a tone 3 Say the number to send e Ifthe system clearly recognizes the number it responds with OK Sending Number and the dial tones are sent and the call continues e If the system is not sure it recognized the number properly it responds Dial Number Please say yes or no followed by a to
274. essor Kit Foam Container Wing Nut 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 20 Locate the tire sealant and compressor kit A in the center of the cargo area Remove the wing nut C that holds the tire sealant and compressor kit A in place Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit A from the foam container B Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit with Pressure Deflation Button 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 20 2 Remove the retainer that holds the tire sealant and compressor kit in place 3 Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit from the foam container To store the tire sealant and compressor kit reverse the steps 5 99 Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving Set the parking brake firmly Put the shift lever in P Park Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from
275. ets to open or close off the airflow Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from air inlets at the base of the windshield that could block the flow of air into the vehicle e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle Passenger Compartment Air Filter The passenger compartment air filter traps most of the dust and pollen from the air entering the vehicle The filter will need to be changed periodically See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 Using the climate control system without the passenger air filter installed could let water or other debris enter the system This could cause a water leak or noises Make sure a new air filter is installed after removing the old one The passenger compartment air filter is located under the hood below the windshield wiper arm and the screen on the passenger side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for more information on location 3 29 To replace the passenger compartment air filter 1 Turn the ignition to ON RUN with the engine off 2 Turn on the wind
276. f and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so 1 69 Adding Equipment to Your Air Q A 1 70 bag Equipped Vehicle Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly Yes If you add things that change the vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim front sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device A inst
277. f the light stays on it indicates there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 55 The airbag readiness light flashes for a few seconds when the engine is started If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving it means the airbag system might not be working properly The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury have the vehicle serviced right away If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message can also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information 3 35 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator The vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 63 for important safety information The instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG ee ec OFF A N United States Canada When the vehicle is started the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check If you are using remote start to start the vehicle from a distance
278. f the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can If the vehicle battery has run down you may want to use be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground A CAUTION connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode or ignite transmission in P Park or a manual transmission e They contain enough electricity to burn you in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake If you do not follow these steps exactly some or Notice If you leave the radio or other accessories all of these things can hurt you on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always turn off the radio and other accessories when jump starting the vehicle Notice Ignoring these ste
279. f your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs lf a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Service on page 7 8 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insu
280. ferent Phone later in this section Pairing a Phone 1 2 3 Press and hold amp for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone Say Pair The system responds with instructions and a four digit PIN number The PIN number will be used in Step 4 Start the Pairing process on the cell phone that will be paired to the vehicle Reference the cell phone manufacturers user guide for information on this process Locate the device named General Motors in the list on the cellular phone and follow the instructions on the cell phone to enter the four digit PIN number that was provided in Step 3 The system prompts for a name for the phone Use a name that best describes the phone This name will be used to indicate which phone is connected The system then confirms the name provided The system responds with lt Phone name gt has been successfully paired after the pairing process is complete Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for additional phones to be paired Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Press and hold amp for two seconds e For vehicles without
281. fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when the parking brake is set The light will flash or stay on if the parking brake is not fully released 3 38 If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released there is a base brake problem For vehicles with the Electric Park Brake EPB if the light continues flashing after the brake is released or while driving there is a problem with the Electric Parking Brake system If the light comes on while driving pull off the road and stop carefully The pedal may be harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor The vehicle may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 26 A CAUTION The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped have the vehicle towed for service P For vehicles with the Electric Park Brake EPB this light should come on briefly when ignition is turned to ON RUN If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem If this light comes on there is a problem with a system on the vehicle that is causing the park brake system to
282. formance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 Antilock Brake System ABS This vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid When the engine is started and the vehicle begins to drive away ABS checks itself A momentary motor or clicking noise might be heard while this test is going on and it might even be noticed that the brake pedal moves a little This is normal If there is a problem with ABS this warning light stays on See Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 3 39 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that the wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure to each wheel as required faster than any driver could This can help the driver steer around the obstacle while braking hard As the brakes are applied the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle sudden
283. ft into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine Revolutions Per Minute RPM The transmission will not automatically shift to the next lower gear if the engine RPM is too high nor to the next higher gear when the maximum engine RPM is reached If shifting is prevented for any reason the currently selected gear will flash multiple times indicating that the transmission has not shifted gears While in the DSC mode the CTS automatic transmission will automatically downshift when the vehicle comes to a stop This will allow for more power during take off The CTS V automatic transmission will not automatically downshift on hard acceleration when in DSC mode When accelerating your vehicle from a stop in snowy and icy conditions you may want to shift into second gear A higher gear ratio allows you to gain more traction on slippery surfaces Tap Shift To use Tap Shift the shift lever must be in Manual Mode Vehicles with this feature have switches on the back of the steering wheel Tap the left switch to downshift and the right switch to upshift The tachometer display on the instrument panel cluster will show which gear the vehicle is in and a number indicating the requested gear range when moving the shift lever forward or rearward See Speedometer and Odometer on page 3 33 for more information on the odometer CTS V vehicles use tracer lights around the outside of the tachometer as a performance up shift light
284. ft up the wiper blade assembly cap 5 Pull the wiper blade assembly down far enough to release it from the J hooked end of the wiper arm Slide the assembly away from the arm 7 Reinstall the wiper blade assembly by sliding it over Allowing the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield the wiper arm to engage the J hooked end Pull up when no wiper blade is installed could damage the on the assembly to lock it into place windshield Any damage that occurs would not be 8 Repeat the steps for the other wiper covered by your warranty Do not allow the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield 6 Replace the blade with a new one 5 62 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer CAUTION Continued e Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn
285. fter the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Call The system responds with Call using lt phone name gt Please say the name tag followed by a tone 3 Say the name tag of the person to call If the system clearly recognizes the name tag it responds with OK calling lt name tag gt and dials the number If the system is unsure it recognizes the right name tag it confirms the name tag followed by a tone If the name tag is correct say Yes The system responds with OK calling lt name tag gt and dials the number If the name tag is not correct say No The system will ask for the name tag to be re entered Once connected the person called will be heard through the audio speakers 3 117 Using the Re dial Command 1 Press and hold amp for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 After the tone say Re dial The system responds with Re dial using lt phone name gt and dials the last number called from the connected Bluetooth phone Once connected the person called will be heard through the audio speakers Receiving a Call When an incoming call is received the aud
286. g fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128 kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album can display when files are recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Creating an MP3 WMA Disc If you burn your own MP3 WMA disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 WMA files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc e Do not mix standard audio and MP3 WMA files on one disc 3 104 Make sure the CD does not have more than a maximum of 50 folders and playlists and 255 files to read and play Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep keep the total number of folders to a minimum to reduce the complexity and confusion during playback Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions may not work Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions Finalize the audio disc before burning it Adding music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function Pla
287. ge may change when you turn stop quickly or accelerate quickly e It takes a little more or less fuel to fill the tank than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated that the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank Boost Gage United States Canada For the CTS V this gage is located in the instrument panel cluster This gage indicates positive manifold pressure which is the induction air pressure level in the intake manifold before it enters the combustion chamber This gage reads zero under light throttle before boost is generated This gage automatically resets to zero every time the engine is started Driver Information Center DIC The Driver Information Center DIC gives you the status of many of your vehicle s systems The DIC is also used to display warning status messages All messages appear in the DIC display located at the bottom of the instrument panel cluster The DIC buttons are located on the instrument panel next to the steering wheel The DIC comes on when the ignition is on After a short delay the DIC displays the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off The top line of the DIC display shows the DIC information The bottom line of the DIC display shows the compass The compass displays in the trip fuel menus and in some vehicle information menus If a problem is detected
288. gin playback of that song and to put the HDD in the playback mode 3 99 Recently Saved Select this option from the HDD Menu to display the last 50 songs added since the vehicle was last turned on The songs are categorized into songs recorded from CDs or USB devices Audiblebook The radio is able to play back audio book content downloaded from audible com This content can be transferred into the HDD by either burning it to a CD or copying it to a USB storage device and then recording it to the HDD The audible com playback requires activation of the vehicle as a player for downloaded content The radio system activates the audible com system when information is found on either a CD inserted into the CD DVD A player or if a USB storage device is connected The Vehicle Identification Number VIN number is a required in order to activate the vehicle 3 100 Saving HDD Favorites During HDD playback press the FAV button to change between favorite modes The following favorite modes are supported e Playlists e Artists e Albums e Genres Favorites can be saved by pressing and holding the pushbutton located under the favorites selection Store favorites according to the following table Favorites Display Mode Action on Press and Hold Adds currently playing track to Playlist the playlist selected Saves the artist associated with Artist the currently playing track in the indicated favorites position
289. gs safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side or rear crash Pretensioners work only once If the pretensioners activate in a crash They will need to be replaced and probably other new parts for the vehicle s safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 72 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head 1 29 There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 1 Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body to remove the guide from its storage clip 1 30 CAUTION Continued injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure
290. h 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down The transmission will shift down to a lower gear and have more power Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 12 While in D Drive the CTS V vehicle s first forward gear automatic shift after starting the vehicle will be from 1 First Afterwards the CTS V vehicles will always start in 2 Second gear While in M Manual Mode for increased performance the vehicle will start in 1 First gear M Manual Mode This position allows the driver to select the range of gears appropriate for current driving conditions If the vehicle has this feature see Driver Shift Control DSC later in this section Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place Driver Shift Control DSC Notice f you drive the vehicle at high RPMs without upshifting while using Driver Shift Control DSC you could damage the vehicle Always upshift when necessary while using DSC Driver Shift Control DSC allows you to shift an automatic transmission similar to a manual transmission To use the DSC feature 1 Move the shift lever to the right from D Drive to M Manual Mode Once in M Manual Mode
291. h to indicate when to shift to the next higher gear to avoid the engine speed limit See Tachometer on page 3 33 for more information 2 43 Skip Shift CTS V Under light acceleration the transmission will only allow you to shift from 1 First to 4 Fourth Shifts from 1 First to 2 Second or 3 Third are not allowed This helps improve fuel mileage Under harder acceleration Skip Shift is disabled and the driver has all gears available Parking Brake The parking brake pedal is located on the lower portion of the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down then push the parking brake pedal down If the ignition is on the brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster should come on If it does not you need to have the vehicle serviced See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 38 for more information 2 44 To release the parking brake pull the release lever located to the left of the steering wheel on the instrument panel Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving A warning chime will sound if the parking brake is set the ignition is on and the vehicle begins to move To stop the chime fully release the parking brake If you are
292. he current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Auto Door Unlock This feature allows you to select whether or not the door s will automatically unlock It also allows you to select which doors and when they will automatically unlock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 2 18 for more information Press the customization button until Auto Door Unlock appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Off None of the doors will automatically unlock Driver Only At Off Only the driver s door will unlock when the ignition is turned off All At Off default on Manual Transmission All of the doors will unlock when the ignition is turned off All In Park default on Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission Only All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P Park No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 73 Remote Door Lock Feedback This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE or keyless access transmitter or when the vehicle is automatically locked
293. he proper mixture Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured to slightly above the FROID FULL COLD line on the inet cee side of the coolant surge tank Recheck the coolant level in the bottle next time you use your vehicle to insure the system is full when cold See Engine Coolant on page 5 31 5 36 Checking Coolant in the Intercooler System CTS V The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level The super charged engine intercooler coolant fill bottle is located in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant fill bottle If the coolant inside the coolant fill bottle is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the COLD FILL mark add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant fill bottle but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done If the engine is warm or hot the coolant level should be at or above the COLD FILL line on the side of the coolant fill bottle If the engine is cold the coolant level should be near the COLD FILL line on the side of the coolant fill bottle If it is not you could have a leak in the cooling system Adding Coolant to the Intercooler System Coolant CTS V oa is eos SAY 1 Remove the intercooler system pressure cap when
294. he sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving To move a manual seat forward or rearward 1 Lift the bar to unlock the seat 2 Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Manual Leg Extension Power Seats On vehicles with power seats the controls are located on the outboard side of the seats On vehicles with this feature adjust the manual leg extension by reaching under it in the pocketed area Press the release button and pull or push to lengthen or shorten it Release the button to lock it in place Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the horizontal control forward or rearward e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the horizontal control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by Power Lumbar and Side Bolsters moving the rear of the horizontal control up or down e Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire horizontal control up or down The vertical control is used for reclining the seatback See Power Reclining Seatbacks under Reclining Seatbacks on page 1 10 for more information Power Lumbar The vehicle may have this feature The driver and passenger seatback lumbar support can be adjusted by moving the cont
295. he vehicle is stopped See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack The radio automatically detects the device and Aux Input Device displays The device begins playing over the vehicle speakers If an auxiliary device has already been connected press the radio s AUX or CD AUX button VOL D Volume Power Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player Use the portable device to make additional volume adjustments FM AM Press to listen to the radio when a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues playing until it is stopped 3 102 CD or CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD when a portable audio device is playing Press again to start playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Device displays Using the Radio Controls to Connect and Control an iPod An iPod can be controlled by using the radio buttons and knobs the song information shows on the radio s display To connect and control the iPod using the radio controls the vehicle must have a USB port If it does it is located in the center console bin You will also need the special iPod connection cable that came as standard equipment with the vehicle as part of the USB option
296. heduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 8 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 5 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for service trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts To purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 17 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 10 tells what should be checked when to check it and what can easily be done to help keep the vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 16 When the vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend th
297. her be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Press the ribbed area of the cover to open the cover and expose the anchor 2 3 If you have an adjustable head restraint raise the head restraint 2 4 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback 1 47 If the position you are using has a fixed head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the head restraint If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback it the postion you are 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different using has a fixed head TI aa restraint and you are directions to be sure it is secure using a dual tether route the tether around the head restraint 1 48 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH
298. his way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire clearance to the body and chassis A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after a time The wheel could come off and cause a crash When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or the threads of the wheel nuts If you do the wheel nuts might come loose and the wheel could fall off causing a crash A CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose and even come off This could lead to a crash Be sur
299. housing The outer air cleaner filter seal must be fitted properly in the air cleaner housing Align the air cleaner housing cover tabs to the air cleaner housing Install the air cleaner housing cover Install the air cleaner housing cover screws Install the hose to the air cleaner housing mounting arm The hose must be routed correctly Install the air cleaner outlet duct to the air cleaner housing Tighten the air cleaner outlet duct screw clamp Attach the electrical connector to the air box Reinstall the side cover 5 28 A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into the engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to the dealer retailer service department and have it repaired as soon as possible There is a special p
300. icle may need to be pushed uphill by another vehicle to relieve the parking pawl pressure so you can shift out of P Park Shifting Out of Park This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to e Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in P Park with the shift lever button fully released for vehicles with key access e Prevent movement of the shift lever out of P Park unless the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the brake pedal is applied The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery 2 49 If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 48 for more information To shift out of P Park use the following 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Then press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still are unable to shift out of P Park 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still cannot move the shift lever from P Park consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service 2 50 Parking the Vehicle Manual Transmission Before you get out of the vehicle place the shift lever in R Re
301. ider the following Engine coolant will boil at a lower temperature than at normal altitudes If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades the vehicle may show signs similar to engine overheating To avoid this let the engine run while parked preferably on level ground with the automatic transmission in P Park or the manual transmission in N Neutral for a few minutes before turning the engine off If the overheat warning comes on see Engine Overheating on page 5 38 Parking on Hills A CAUTION Parking the vehicle on a hill with the trailer attached can be dangerous If something goes wrong the rig could start to move People can be injured and both the vehicle and the trailer can be damaged When possible always park the rig on a flat surface If parking the rig on a hill 1 Press the brake pedal but if the vehicle has an automatic transmission do not shift into P Park yet Turn the wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load Reapply the brake pedal For vehicles with an automatic transmission apply the parking brake and shift into P Park For vehicles with a manual transmission apply the parking brake place the transmission in 1 First and turn the ignition to OFF L
302. iding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts 1 64 A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child ina forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though the airbag is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines an infant is present in a child restraint
303. if you do not move the shift lever forward or rearward the vehicle will be in sport mode When you are in sport mode the vehicle will still shift automatically The transmission may remain in a gear longer than it would in the normal driving mode based on braking throttle input and vehicle lateral acceleration SPORT MODE will be displayed in the DIC momentarily The vehicle will remain in sport mode if the shift lever is not moved Sport mode will shift automatically but remain in a gear longer then it would in normal driving mode based on braking and acceleration 2 Press the shift lever forward to upshift or rearward to downshift 2 39 The tachometer display on the instrument panel cluster will show which gear the vehicle is in The number indicates the requested gear range when moving the shift lever forward or rearward See Speedometer and Odometer on page 3 33 for more information on the odometer CTS V vehicles use tracer lights around the outside of the tachometer as a performance up shift light These tracers flash to indicate when to shift to the next higher gear to avoid the engine speed limit See Tachometer on page 3 33 for more information 2 40 While using the DSC feature the vehicle will have firmer quicker shifting You can use this for sport driving or when climbing or descending hills to stay in gear longer or to down shift for more power or engine braking The transmission will only allow you to shi
304. iler has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally the oil must be changed at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed 5 21 How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where the oil is changed prior to a Change Engine Oil Soon message being turned on reset the system Always reset the engine oil life to 100 after every oil change It will not reset itself To reset the Engine Oil Life System 1 Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC 2 Press and hold the SET RESET button on the DIC for more than five seconds The oil life will change to 100 If the Change Engine Oil Soon message comes back on when the vehicle is started the Engine Oil Life System has not reset Repeat the procedure 5 22 What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or pr
305. io system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle Press and begin speaking to answer the call e Press gt V to ignore a call 3 118 Call Waiting Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work Press to answer an incoming call when another call is active The original call is placed on hold Press amp amp again to return to the original call To ignore the incoming call continue with the original call with no action Press CS V to disconnect the current call and switch to the call on hold Three Way Calling Three Way Calling must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work 1 While on a call press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Three way call The system responds with Three way call please say dial or call Use the dial or call command to dial the number of the third party to be called Once the call is connected press to link all the callers together Ending a Call Press CSD V to end a call Muting a Call During a call all sounds from inside the vehicle can be muted so that the person on the other end of the call cannot hear them To Mute a call 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Mute Call The system responds with Call muted To
306. ional restraint a shoulder belt can provide 1 33 Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 27 According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly 1 34 A CAUTION Never do this Never allow two children to wear the same safety belt The safety belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A safety belt must be used by only one person at a time A CAUTION Never do this Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly
307. ios Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual 0 000ee 3 109 FRECODIOM sc acti ded tevemceve e ewe dan 3 123 Theft Deterrent atcceccciccvessnatetete deatedeae dedecahn 3 121 Rainsense Wipers ccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 10 Reading Lamm pS siiigii ce cccce hat oncessneennnte aes 3 20 Rear AXIE scrsciiietavecteoetisiebstasecadeeyeretiesvedie fide ers 5 54 Limited Slip 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee eee eeneeees 4 9 Rear Door Security LOCKS c ceeeeeeeee eee ees 2 19 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming 2 53 Reclining Seatbacks ccceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeene ees 1 10 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 14 Recreational Vehicle Towing c c 4 26 Reimbursement Program GM Mobility 7 7 Remote Keyless Access System 0 0020es 2 8 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 0 2 5 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation 2 6 Remote Vehicle Start ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 15 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare TS scsacsghsnesedadseanstwesrasetsestuaace ES 5 102 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 101 Replacement Bulbs c ceeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeee 5 61 Replacement Parts Maintenance 05 6 16 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government c eeeeeeeeeeeee eens 7 17 General Motors ecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeees
308. is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training If a jack is provided with the vehicle it is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack If a jack is provided with the vehicle only use it for changing a flat tire This vehicle may come with a jack and spare tire or a tire sealant and compressor kit To use the jack and spare tire see Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 100 To use the tire sealant and compressor kit see Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 5 90 5 89 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit A CAUTION Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with poor ventilation is dangerous Engine exhaust may enter the vehicle Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death Never run the engine in an enclosed area that has no fresh air ventilation For more information see Engine Exhaust on page 2 51 A CAUTION Over inflating a tire could cause the tire to rupture and you or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the tire sealant and compressor kit instructions and inflate the tire to its recommended pressure Do not exceed the recommended pressure 5 90 A CAUTION Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden
309. it to store followed by a tone 3 Say the first digit to be stored The system will repeat back the digit it heard followed by a tone Continue entering digits until the number to be stored is complete e If an unwanted number is recognized by the system say Clear at any time to clear the last number e To hear all of the numbers recognized by the system say Verify at any time and the system will repeat them 3 114 After the complete number has been entered say Store The system responds with Please say the name tag followed by a tone Say a name tag for the phone number The name tag is recorded and the system responds with About to store lt name tag gt Does that sound OK e Ifthe name tag does not sound correct say No and repeat Step 5 e Ifthe name tag sounds correct say Yes and the name tag is stored After the number is stored the system returns to the main menu Using the Directory Command The directory command lists all of the name tags stored by the system To use the directory command Press and hold amp for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone Say Directory The system responds with
310. ith push start Replace the transmitter battery as soon as possible Battery Replacement Notice When replacing the battery do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter Static from your body could damage the transmitter 1 Separate the transmitter with a flat thin object inserted into the slot on the side or back of the transmitter 2 Remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 3 Insert the new battery positive side facing down Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery 4 Snap the transmitter back together Remote Vehicle Start This vehicle may have a remote starting feature that allows you to start the engine from outside the vehicle It may also start the vehicle s automatic climate control system When the remote start system is active the climate control system heats and cools the inside of the vehicle according to the previous settings of the system before turning the vehicle off The windshield defroster and or rear window defogger turn on if it is cold outside If the vehicle has heated seats they also turn on if the interior or exterior temperature is cold enough See Heated and Ventilated Seats on page 1 7 for additional information Normal operation of the climate control system returns after the ignition is turned to ON RUN See Dual Climate Control System on page 3 24 Q Remote Start This button will be on the transmitter if the vehicle has remote start To start the vehicle usi
311. iver door the seat and steering column will stay in the original exit position unless a memory recall took place prior to opening the driver door again Automatic On Key Access default If the features are enabled though the Easy Exit Setup menu the driver s seat will move back and if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature the power steering column will move up and forward when the key is removed from the ignition or after pressing the easy exit seat button The automatic easy exit seat movement will only occur one time after the key is removed from the ignition If the automatic movement has already occurred and you put the key back in the ignition and remove it again the seat and steering column will stay in the original exit position unless a memory recall took place prior to removing the key again No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 79 Easy Exit Setup If the vehicle has this feature it allows you to select which areas will recall with the automatic easy exit seat feature It also allows you to turn off the automatic easy exit feature See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 8 and Easy Exit Recall earlier for more information Press the customization button until Easy Exit Setup appears on the DIC display Press the se
312. iversal Home Remote buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section When programming a garage door park outside of the garage Park directly in line with and facing the garage door opener motor head or gate motor head Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate that is being programmed It is recommended that a new battery be installed in your hand held transmitter for quicker and more accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Programming the Universal Home Remote System For questions or help programming the Universal Home Remote System call 1 800 355 3515 or go to www homelink com Programming a garage door opener involves time sensitive actions so read the entire procedure before starting Otherwise the device will time out and the procedure will have to be repeated 2 62 To program up to three devices 1 From inside the vehicle press and hold down the two outside buttons at the same time releasing only when the Universal Home Remote indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds This step will erase the factory settings or all previously programmed buttons Do not hold down the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat this step to program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons 2 Hold the end of your hand held transmitter about 1 to 3 inches 3 to 8 cm away from the Universal
313. ke System Warning Light on page 3 38 for more information Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible Service Keyless Start System If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays when there is a problem with this feature See your dealer retailer Service Park Brake For vehicles with the Electric Parking Brake this message displays if a problem is detected with the electric parking brake system See your dealer retailer for service Service Parking Assist If the vehicle has the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system this message displays if there is a problem with the URPA system See Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 2 54 for more information See your dealer retailer for service Service Power Steering This message displays if a problem is detected with the speed variable assist steering system When this message is displayed you may notice that the effort required to steer the vehicle increases or feels heavier but you will still be able to steer the vehicle See Steering on page 4 10 Service Stabilitrak This message displays if there has been a problem detected with the StabiliTrak system The TCS StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on If this message comes on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system by turning the ignition off then back on
314. ked e Become familiar with the operation and controls of the audio system e Set up the tone speaker adjustments and preset radio stations For more information see Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Notice Contact your dealer retailer before adding any equipment Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with the operation of the vehicle s engine radio or other systems and could damage them Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 34 for more information Radio s Full View of Radio with CD shown Radio with Six Disc CD similar 3 81 Partial View of Radio with DVD Audio Hard Drive Device HDD and USB The vehicle may have one of these radios as its audio system If the vehicle does not have one of these radio systems it may have a navigation radio system See the Navigation System manual for more information on the navigation audio system If the vehicle has one of these radios it has either a Bose sound system or a Bose 5 1 Cabin Surround sound system See Digital Signal Processing DSP later in this section for more information on the Bose 5 1 Cabin Surround sound system 3 82 The radio with DVD Audio HDD and USB utilizes Graceno
315. keyless access transmitter must be within 3 feet 1 meter of the trunk opening for it to be recognized and allow the trunk to open If the vehicle is ever without power the trunk area can still be accessed by using one of the following procedures On vehicles with a rear seat pass through door 1 Fold the rear armrest down and open the pass through door See Rear Seat Pass Through following for more information 2 Reach upward through the opening to locate the emergency trunk release handle See Emergency Trunk Release Handle for more information 3 Pull forward on the trunk release handle to open the trunk lid On vehicles with a split folding rear seat 1 Fold down the rear seatback See Split Folding Rear Seat on page 1 13 for more information 2 Reach upward through the opening to locate the trunk release handle 3 Pull forward on the trunk release handle to open the trunk lid 2 21 a t Close the trunk by pulling on the handle Do not use the handle as a tie down Rear Seat Pass Through If the vehicle has the rear seat pass through door the trunk can be accessed through the rear seat This is useful when transporting long items To open the door pull down the rear seat armrest Then pull the lever all the way down to release the door To close the door push it up and back into place Then try to open the door without pulling up on the lever to make sure it is locked into place
316. l and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice This vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbony MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by the vehicle warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or co
317. l level Loud The chime volume will be set to a loud level No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain There is no default for chime volume The volume will stay at the last known setting To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Easy Exit Recall If the vehicle has this feature it allows you to select your preference for the automatic easy exit seat feature See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 8 for more information Press the customization button until Easy Exit Recall appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Automatic Off No automatic seat exit recall will occur The recall will only occur after pressing the easy exit seat button Automatic On Keyless Access default If the features are enabled though the Easy Exit Setup menu the driver s seat will move back and if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature the power steering column will move up and forward when the vehicle is parked and the driver door is opened or after pressing the easy exit seat button The automatic easy exit seat movement will only occur one time after the driver door is opened If the automatic movement has already occurred and you close and then open the dr
318. l program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 or call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to the Mediation Arbitration Program at the following address Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center U S www gmownercenter com cadillac Information and services customized for your specific vehicle all in one convenient place e Digital owner manual warranty information and more e Online service and maintenance records e Find Cadillac dealers for service nationwide e Exclusive privileges and offers e Recall notices for your specific vehicle e OnStar and GM Cardmember Services Earnings summaries Other Helpful Links Cadillac www cadillac com Cadillac Merchandise www cadillaccollection com Help Center www cadillac com helpcenter FAQ e Contact Us My GM Canada Canada www gm ca My GM Canada is a password protected section of www gm ca where you can save information on GM v
319. late a Tire Not Punctured If the tire pressure has fallen more than 10 psi 68 kPa below the recommended inflation pressure stop driving the vehicle The tire is too severely damaged and the tire sealant cannot seal the tire See Roadside Service on page 7 8 If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 10 psi 68 kPa from the recommended inflation pressure inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure 20 Wipe off any sealant from the wheel tire and vehicle 21 Dispose of the used sealant canister E and sealant air hose F assembly at a local dealer retailer or in accordance with local state codes and practices 22 Replace it with a new canister available from your dealer retailer 23 After temporarily sealing a tire using the tire sealant and compressor kit take the vehicle to an authorized dealer retailer within a 100 miles 161 km of driving to have the tire repaired or replaced 5 95 Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire Not Punctured To use the air compressor to inflate a tire with air only and not sealant Always do a safety check first See f a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 89 1 Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit from its storage location See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Storage on page 5 98 2 Unwrap the air only hose G and the power plug H 3 Place the kit on the ground Make sure the tire
320. ld restraint be sure it is designed to be used ina motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs A CAUTION To reduce the risk of neck and head injury during a crash infants need complete support This is because an infant s neck is not fully developed and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing child restraint settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in rear facing child restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash yo
321. le Parked sesaessnenserernennnnn 2 52 SY MBOIMS eiiean eaaa ne eaa Aa iv Vehicle Customization DIC cccccceee eee 3 71 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 18 Vehicle Identification Number VIN ceceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eee eee eeaeeneeaes 5 118 Service Parts Identification Label 5 118 Vehicle Remote Start cccccccceeeeeeneeeneneas 2 15 Ventilated Seats 2 00 ccccccceceeeneeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 1 7 Ventilation Adjustment cceeeeeeeee nee eee ee eee es 3 29 MISOIS tastncataaautictaenneanscertiwatiatnbnadshentennieneces 2 26 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 30 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 6 eeeeeees 3 57 Hazard Warning Flashers scce 3 6 Safety and Symbols siseosas ainena iv Washer Headlamps ceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeen es 3 13 14 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance eee 5 86 Different SIZE ssrcceccimacianastoasenteniaiiaveickiees 5 84 Replacement nc ics esi cecneecas eiai ea enans 5 86 Where to Put the Child Restraint 005 1 41 WIRGDOWS gt 3 i255 btaiaolslioustieiseiees A RREN 2 23 POWGl seo scadteseonewie atenia saat an acecouteneueanirectanaten 2 24 Windshield Rainsense Wipers c cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeere es 3 10 Washer weccceisseenteseiecieed ees iaee ieser 3 11 Washer Fluid sieer EN AERE 5 42 Wiper Blade Replacement eeeeeee ee 5 61 Wi
322. le should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Fuel Level Low This message displays when the vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible A chime may sound when this message displays See Filling the Tank on page 5 9 Heated Washer Fluid Wash Washer Wipes Pending If the vehicle has this feature this message displays when you turn on the heated windshield washer fluid system See Heated Windshield Washer under Windshield Washer on page 3 11 for more information Heated Washer Fluid System Off If the vehicle has this feature this message displays when you manually turn off the heated windshield washer fluid system or when the system automatically turns off See Heated Windshield Washer under Windshield Washer on page 3 11 for more information This message clears itself after 10 seconds Hood Open This message displays when the hood is not closed completely Make sure that the hood is closed completely Ice Possible Drive With Care This message displays when the outside temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions Adjust your driving accordingly Learn Delay Active Wait XX Min Minutes If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays when matching new transmitters to the vehicle See Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for more information Left Rear Door Open This message displays when the driver side rear
323. ler or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter functions work up to 65 feet 20 m away from the vehicle There are other conditions that can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 5 Do not pull on the chrome base of the transmitter Lock Press to lock all the doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps may flash once to indicate locking has occurred The horn may chirp when is pressed again within five seconds See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 for additional information 2 6 A Unlock Press to unlock the driver door If Ais pressed again within five seconds all remaining doors unlock The interior lamps come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps flash twice to indicate unlocking has occurred See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 Remote Trunk Release Press and hold for about one second to unlock the trunk The automatic transmission must be in P Park or the manual transmission must be in Neutral with the parking brake set 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release to locate the vehicle The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds three times Press and hold 2 for more than two seconds to activate the panic alarm The turn sig
324. lf 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law It should be noted that the temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed und
325. life excellent durability and low noise levels In severe winter climates where snowfall may be significant these tires may be found to provide less traction 5 64 Winter Tires If you expect to drive on snow or ice covered roads often you may want to get winter tires for your vehicle All season tires provide good overall performance on most surfaces but they may not offer the traction you would like or the same level of performance as winter tires on snow or ice covered roads Winter tires in general are designed for increased traction on snow and ice covered roads With winter tires there may be decreased dry road traction increased road noise and shorter tread life After switching to winter tires be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking See your dealer retailer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection Also see Buying New Tires on page 5 82 If you choose to use winter tires e Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions e Use only radial ply tires of the same size load range and speed rating as the original equipment tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as your original equipment tires may not be available for H V W Y and ZR speed rated tires If you choose winter tires with a lower speed rating never exceed the tire s maximum speed capability Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its
326. ll fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 113 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 42 The Tighten Gas Cap message in the Driver Information Center DIC displays if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage the fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 42 Filling a Portable Fuel Container Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You c
327. locked using the Keyless Unlock feature You will not receive feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 6 Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 or Keyless Unlock later in this section for more information Press the customization button until Remote Door Unlock appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Lights Off The exterior lamps will not flash when you press the unlock button on the transmitter Lights On default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the unlock button on the transmitter No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Exit Lighting This feature allows you to select the amount of time you want the exterior lamps to remain on when it is dark enough outside This happens after the key is turned from ON RUN to LOCK OFF Press the customization button until Exit Lighting appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Off The exterior lamps will not turn on 10 Seconds default The exterior lamps
328. locks 1 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the horizontal position 2 Close the door When you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on 1 Unlock the door using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE or Keyless Access System transmitter if the vehicle has one the power door lock switch or the rear door manual lock 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the vertical position Lockout Protection If the power door lock switch is pressed when the key is in the ignition and a door is open all the doors will lock and only the driver door will unlock If the doors are closed they can be locked by using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Be sure to remove the key from the ignition when locking the vehicle This feature can be overridden by pressing the lock button on the RKE transmitter or by pressing the power lock switch a second time On vehicles with a Keyless Access System the system can be programmed to alert you when all the doors are closed and a transmitter has been left inside of the vehicle See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 for more information Trunk A CAUTION Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate trunk hatch open or with any objects that pass through the
329. ly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even with ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work The antilock pump or motor might be heard operating and the brake pedal might be felt to pulsate but this is normal Braking in Emergencies ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help more than even the very best braking Brake Assist Except CTS V This vehicle has a Brake Assist feature designed to assist the driver in stopping or decreasing vehicle speed in emergency driving conditions This feature uses the stability system hydraulic brake control module to supplement the power brake system under conditions where the driver has quickly and forcefully applied the brake pedal in an attempt to quickly stop or slow down the vehicle The stability system hydraulic brake control module increases brake pressure at each corner of the vehicle until the ABS activates Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal movement during this time is normal and the driver should continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates The Brake Assist feature will automatically disengage when the brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased StabiliTrak System The vehicle has an electronic stability control system called StabiliTrak It is an advanced computer controlled system that assists wi
330. mage the emission control system on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required The following can prevent more serious damage to the vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed e Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on the vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required the Tank on page 5 9 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off If the vehicle has been driven through a deep puddle of water the vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Make sure to fuel the vehicle with quality fuel Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed and may cause stalling after start up stalling when the vehicle is changed into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration
331. maller occupants 1 28 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should return to its stowed position Before a door is closed be sure the safety belt is out of the way If a door is slammed against a safety belt damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger seating positions Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on the shoulder The belt should be away from the face and neck but not falling off the shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash Push down on the release button A and move the height adjuster to the desired position The adjuster can be moved up by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide After the height adjuster is set to the desired position try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position Safety Belt Pretensioners This vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if the vehicle has side impact airba
332. mbol is shown when you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or information Vehicle Symbol Chart Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean For more information on the symbol refer to the index i Airbag Readiness Light X Air Conditioning Antilock Brake System ABS Audio Steering Wheel Controls or OnStar Brake System Warning Light EA Charging System 1 Cruise Control E Engine Coolant Temperature Exterior Lamps 4D Fog Lamps D a Fuel Gage Fuses Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 9 LATCH System Child Restraints O Malfunction Indicator Lamp Y7 Oil Pressure O gt amp oO 0 Power Remote Vehicle Start Safety Belt Reminders Tire Pressure Monitor Traction Control Windshield Washer Fluid 42 NOTES vi Section 1 Seats and Restraint System Head Restraints cceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 2 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 41 Front Seats 000 ccccccceceecceeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeees 1 4 Lower Anchors and Tethers Manual Seats cccccceccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 1 4 for Children LATCH sccesseeeeeereeees 1 43 Power Seats oie sec ooo rnea seeded fase cdeacdouses 1 5 Securing a Child Restraint in a Power LUMbAr 0 ccccceccccceeeeeceeeseeeeeeesaneeees 1 6 Rear Seat Position cece 1 49 Pow
333. mmediately Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 5 50 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 7 Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Your vehicle s remote negative ground location is for this purpose 5 51 10 Now start the vehicle with the go
334. mportant safety information 1 66 If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Remove the child restraint from the vehicle 3 Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers 4 Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 52 5 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit turn the vehicle off Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion if adjustable to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 1 2 6 Restart the vehicle The passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the airbag for a child in a child restraint depending upon the child s seating posture and body build It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat If the Off Indicator is Lit for an Adult Size Occupant If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is
335. mum pressure needed to support that load E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S IT HIT A Passenger P Metiric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall 5 67 C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall
336. n e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 71 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders Lubricate all body door hinges Lubricate all hinges and latches including those for the hood rear compartment console door and any folding seat hardware More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g f driving regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 TC or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as high performance operation i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 31 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test th
337. n Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 06 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Cadillac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by the dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the United States call the Cadillac Customer Assistance Center 24 hours a day at 1 800 458 8006 In Canada call the Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre at 1 88
338. n on page 2 9 for more information Notice Do not try to shift to P Park if the vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to P Park only when the vehicle is stopped Manual Transmission The shift lever should be in neutral position and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal down to the floor and start the engine The vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START If the vehicle has the keyless access system push the ignition control knob in and turn the knob to the START position When the engine starts let go of the ignition The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts The vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already runni
339. n on page 1 36 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know WO Ss 4 Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash Q What is wrong with this on A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give as much protection thi
340. n pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview CTS When you open the hood on the 3 6 L engine 2 8 L engine similar you will see the following 5 14 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 42 Underhood Fuse Block CTS on page 5 120 or Underhood Fuse Block CTS V on page 5 124 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 48 Remote Negative Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 48 Passenger Compartment Air Filter See Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 3 29 Engine Cooling Fan See Cooling System on page 5 30 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Under Engine Cover See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 41 Engine Oil Fill Cap See Engine Oil on page 5 18 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Engine Oil on page 5 18 Hydraulic Clutch Reservoir If Equipped Not Shown See When to Check and What to Use under Hydraulic Clutch on page 5 29 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir Out of View See Brakes on page 5 44 Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 5 30 Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 25 CTS V When you open the hood on the 6 2L Super Charged engine you will see the following
341. n temperature setting The length of time needed for warm up depends on the outside temperature and the length of time that has elapsed since the vehicle was last driven 3 Wait for the system to regulate This may take from 10 to 30 minutes Then adjust the temperature if necessary English can be changed to metric units through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 AiV Temperature Control The temperature can be adjusted separately for the driver and the passenger Press to increase or decrease the automatic temperature settings PASS Passenger Climate Control Press to set a different temperature for the passenger Then adjust the passenger temperature buttons to a comfortable setting Pressing the PASS button again automatically sets the passenger s temperature to the driver s setting Turning the passenger s temperature display off does not shut the passenger s climate control system off Manual Operation D Power Press to turn the climate control system on or off When the climate control system is turned off the air inlet defaults to outside air amp Fan Control Press the buttons to increase or decrease the fan speed Pressing either button cancels automatic operation and the system goes into manual mode Press AUTO to return to automatic operation The blower may reduce during an Onstar session to limit background noise If the airflow seems low wh
342. n the cover The top tether anchors are located under the covers on the rear seatback filler panel Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 41 for additional information 1 45 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the child restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be Do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash attach only one child restraint per anchor A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Buckle any seriously injured or killed In
343. n the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the metal flange located behind the V shaped the jack lift head until the jack fits under the locating notches on the plastic molding as shown vehicle 7 Put the compact spare tire near you 8 Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground for the compact spare tire to fit under the vehicle 5 104 9 Remove all the wheel nuts and the flat tire A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When changing a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 100 A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel could fall off causing a crash 10 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel 11 Install the spare tire 12 Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel 5 105 13 Tighten each wheel nut by turning it clockwise with your hand until the wheel is held against the hub 15 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross 14 Lower
344. n to zero A beep sounds and the DIC reads Ready To Learn Electronic Key X All previously known transmitter programming has been erased A beep sounds once programming is complete The DIC displays Ready To Learn Electronic Key 2 To program additional transmitters insert each transmitter in the pocket until a beep is heard and the DIC advances to the next electronic key number Up to four transmitters can be programmed The DIC displays Maximum Electronic Keys Learned and exits the programming mode Press the ignition control knob to complete the process Press the ignition control knob if programming is complete Press i on each newly programmed transmitter to complete the process Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery Replace the battery if the Replace Battery In Remote Key message displays in the DIC See Replace Battery In Remote Key under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for additional information If the transmitter battery is weak the DIC may display Electronic Key Not Detected when you try to start the vehicle To start the vehicle place the transmitter in the center console storage area transmitter pocket with the buttons facing to the front of the vehicle Then with the vehicle in P Park or N Neutral press the brake pedal and the ignition control knob See Starting the Engine on page 2 34 for additional information about the vehicle s electronic keyless ignition w
345. nal lamps flash and the horn sounds for 30 seconds The alarm turns off when the ignition is moved to START or 4X is pressed again The ignition must be in LOCK OFF for the panic alarm to work The vehicle comes with two transmitters Each transmitter will have a number on top of it 1 or 2 These numbers correspond to the driver of the vehicle For example the memory seat position for driver 1 will be recalled when using the transmitter labeled 1 if enabled through the DIC See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 8 and DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 for more information Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer retailer When the replacement transmitter is programmed to the vehicle all remaining transmitters must also be programmed Any lost or stolen transmitters no longer work once the new transmitter is programmed Each vehicle can have up to eight transmitters programmed to it See Relearn Remote Key under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 Battery Replacement Replace the battery if the Replace Battery In Remote Key message displays in the DIC See Replace Battery In Remote Key under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for additional information Notice When replacing the battery do not touch any of th
346. nditions may affect system performance such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck If the system is still disabled after driving forward at least 15 mph 25 km h take the vehicle to your dealer retailer OnStar System OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If the airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If the keys are locked in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR to have a signal sent to unlock the doors OnStar Hands Free Calling including 30 trial minutes good for 60 days is available on most vehicles OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation service with one trial route is available on most vehicles Press the OnStar button to have an OnStar advisor contact Roadside Service OnStar service is provided subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions included in the OnStar Subscriber glove box literature 2 57 Some services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until the owner of the vehicle registers with OnStar After the first prepaid year contact OnStar to select a monthly or annual subscription payment plan If a payment plan is not selected the OnStar system and all services including airbag notification
347. ndow switches Press the right side of the button to disable the rear window controls The light on the button will illuminate indicating the feature is in use The rear windows still can be raised or lowered using the driver window switches when the lockout feature is active To restore power to the rear windows press the button again The light on the button will go out Sun Visors Swing down the visor to block out glare It can also be detached from the center mount and moved to the side to block glare from that direction The driver visor may also have buttons for a built in garage door opener See Universal Home Remote System on page 2 61 for more information Lighted Visor Vanity Mirror Pull the visor down and lift the cover to access the mirror A light comes on when the cover is lifted and goes out when it is closed Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities This vehicle has theft deterrent features however they do not make it impossible to steal Theft Deterrent System If your vehicle has this feature the security light is located on the instrument panel cluster To activate the theft deterrent system 1 Open the door 2 Lock the door with the transmitter The security light should come on and stay on 3 Close all doors The security light should go off after about 30 seconds The alarm is not armed until the security light goes off If a locked door or
348. ne If the number is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Sending Number and the dial tones are sent and the call continues Sending a Stored Name Tag During a Call 1 Press The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Send name tag The system responds with Say aname tag to send tones followed by a tone 3 Say the name tag to send e If the system clearly recognizes the name tag it responds with OK Sending lt name tag gt and the dial tones are sent and the call continues e If the system is not sure it recognized the name tag properly it responds Dial lt name tag gt Please say yes or no followed by a tone If the name tag is correct say Yes The system responds with OK Sending lt name tag gt and the dial tones are sent and the call continues Clearing the System Unless information is deleted out of the in vehicle Bluetooth system it will be retained indefinitely This includes all saved name tags in the phonebook and phone pairing information For information on how to delete this information see the above sections on Deleting a Paired Phone and Deleting Name Tags Other Information The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners This device complies with Part 15
349. ned off or Competitive Driving Mode is active it is possible to lose traction If you attempt to shift with the drive wheels spinning with a loss of traction it is possible to cause damage to the transmission Do not attempt to shift when the drive wheels do not have traction Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered See the warranty book for additional information Magnetic Ride Control With this feature on the CTS V the Magnetic Ride Control system adjusts the ride of the vehicle to Touring or Sport modes Magnetic Ride Control monitors the suspension system to determine the proper system response TOUR Use for normal city and highway driving This setting provides a smooth soft ride SPORT Use where road conditions or personal preference demand more control This setting provides more feel or response to road conditions The setting can be changed at any time Based on road conditions steering wheel angle and the vehicle speed the system automatically adjusts to provide the best handling while providing a smooth ride The Touring and Sport modes will feel similar on a smooth road Select a new setting whenever driving conditions change The Driver Information Center DIC briefly displays SUSPENSION MODE TOURING or SUSPENSION MODE SPORT on vehicle startup or when a new mode is selected Press and release this button located in the center of the instrument panel to change modes AD Limit
350. nership rights Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warranties express or implied regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT
351. nflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with seat mounted side impact airbags there are airbag modules in the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows that have occupant seating positions How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags distribute the forc
352. ng Artist Album and Genre Information Radios with HDD contain a Gracenote Database that the radio uses to determine the song artist aloum and genre information The Gracenote Database allows the radio to record an audio CD to the HDD and store the content using song artist aloum and genre information Newly released audio CDs as well as some less common audio CDs may not be found in the Gracenote Database stored on the HDD If these audio CDs contain CD text the radio will use the CD text information when recording the content to the HDD If an audio CD is not found in the Gracenote Database and it does not have CD text information the radio will record the audio CD with all song artist aloum and genre names as NO INFO Songs recorded with NO INFO to the HDD will be hard to sort identify and select For better HDD navigation CDs with NO INFO can first be converted to MP3 format with Tag information on a home computer and then recorded to the HDD from an MP3 disc or USB device Occasionally the radio may find more than one match in Gracenote Database for an audio CD that has been recorded If this happens the radio will display MultiHit for the name information when the songs are selected from the HDD With a MuliHit song playing press the button below the EDIT label to bring up the list of multiple names found in the Gracenote Database Use the Menu Select knob to highlight and s
353. ng Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in the vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not the engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty 2 35 E
354. ng Light 3 40 Cooling SYSTEM scccccsesieeen eee leis 5 30 Covere ae a A E 5 23 Drive Belt Routing 02 c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 6 17 EXMAUSL Sa canes dated e a 2 51 Ol cic seh E E E DNE E E 5 18 Qil Life System sosirea ilies 5 21 Oil Pressure Gage cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 3 46 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 41 Engine cont QOVeMCALING se cerc cs cieacceciscatiaceend io 5 38 Speed Limiter o cceese tise Sav gtiscaeieedoeas ides 3 34 SaMO aE E R ERE 2 34 Entry EIQMtuinG sicccsccs ccs tance eecuenbe Dan wntietingelnnnn iaae 3 20 eporting Safety Defects to the United States Government eeeeeeeeee ees 7 16 Event Data Recorders csceeceeeeeeeeeneeeees 7 19 Extender Safety Belt eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 32 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver eeeeeeeees 3 19 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen eee ees 5 25 FINISH DAMAGES sadeteccsecacsas iann emenn 5 117 Flashers Hazard Warning 2 e eceeeeeeeeeees 3 6 Flash to Pass siccieisstetennatpemtidesteneiieiasecueeeeniens 3 9 Flat Tre a anweesatarrannicnesis a E A E 5 89 Flat Tire Changing ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee o 5 100 Flat Tre StOMNG inaa ea a sks 5 106 Fluid Automatic Transmission ceee 5 29 Power Steering cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeneeaees 5 41 Windshield Washer 2 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 5 42 Fog L
355. ng brake has been applied to the set position See Electric Parking Brake on page 2 45 for more information Parking Assist Off If the vehicle has the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA system after the vehicle has been started this message displays to remind the driver that the URPA system has been turned off Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and clear it from the DIC display To turn the URPA system back on see Parking Assist under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 See Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA on page 2 54 for more information Passenger Door Open This message displays when the passenger side front door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely 3 64 Press Brake Pedal to Release Park Brake For vehicles with the Electric Parking Brake this message displays if you try to release the park brake system without first pressing the brake pedal See Electric Parking Brake on page 2 45 for more information Press Brake To Start Engine Automatic Transmission Only If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays if you try to start the engine without having the brake pressed The brake needs to be pressed when starting the engine See gnition Positions Key Access on page 2 32 or Ignition Positions Keyless Access on page 2 33 for more information Press Start Control To Learn Keys If the vehicle has the keyless access s
356. ng only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight Ask your dealer retailer for our trailering information or advice or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 6 for more information Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross weight of the vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo carried in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If there are a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in the vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight the vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle can tow If towing a trailer the tongue load must be added to the GVW because the vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 for more information about the vehicle s maximum load capacity For a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After loading the trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not adjustments might be made by moving some items around in the trailer 4 31
357. ng the remote start feature 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s then immediately press and hold the transmitter s O for at least four seconds or until the vehicle s turn signal lamps flash The vehicle s doors will be locked When the vehicle starts the parking lamps turn on and remain on while the vehicle is running 3 If it is the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven repeat these steps while the engine is still running to extend the engine running time by 10 minutes Remote start can be extended one time If the vehicle is left running it automatically shuts off after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done To manually shut off a remote start e Aim the transmitter at the vehicle and press the remote start button until the parking lamps turn off e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Turn the ignition switch on and then off When you enter the vehicle during a remote start press the brake pedal and turn the ignition to ON RUN to drive the vehicle Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Do not use the remote start feature if the vehicle is low on fuel The vehicle may run out of fuel The remote vehicle start feature provides two
358. ngine Coolant Heater Vehicles with the engine coolant heater can use this A CAUTION option in cold weather conditions at or below 0 F 18 C for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Plug in the coolant heater at least four hours before starting your vehicle An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord may exist which will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a OF 18 C properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty To Use the Engine Coolant Heater three prong extension cord rated for at least 1 Turn off the engine 15 amps 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The cord is located near the driver side strut tower 4 maser ect the ras at to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away Pemove he plastig cap 10 abcess The plug from moving engine parts If you do not it could 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet be damaged Contact your dealer retailer for information on how long to use the heater in your particular area 2 36 Automatic Transmission Operation The shift lever is located on the center console between the front seats There are several different positions
359. nic Key Not Detected If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays if the vehicle does not detect the presence of a transmitter when you have attempted to start the vehicle or a vehicle door has just closed The following conditions may cause this message to appear Driver added equipment plugged into the accessory power outlet on the center console is causing interference Examples of these devices are cell phones and cell phone chargers two way radios power inverters or similar items Try moving the keyless access transmitter away from these devices when starting the vehicle In addition PDA devices and remote garage and gate openers may also generate Electromagnetic Interference EMI that may interfere with the keyless access transmitter Do not carry the keyless access transmitter in the same pocket or bag as these devices e The vehicle is experiencing Electromagnetic Interference EMI Some locations such as airports automatic toll booths and some gas stations have EMI fields which may interfere with the keyless access transmitter If moving the transmitter to different locations within the vehicle does not help place the transmitter in the center console transmitter pocket with the buttons facing the front of the vehicle and then start the vehicle e The vehicle s battery voltage is low The battery voltage must be above 10 volts for the keyless access transmitter to be detected properl
360. ning Seatbacks Manual Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION If either seatback is not locked it could move A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you If the front passenger seat has a manual reclining seatback the lever used to operate it is located on the do not want to Adjust the drivers seat only when y outboard side of the seat the vehicle is not moving To recline the seatback 1 Lift the recline lever 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked To return the seatback to an upright position 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked Power Reclining Seatbacks If the seats have power reclining seatbacks use the vertical power seat control located on the outboard side of each seat To recline the seatback press the control toward the rear of the vehicle e To raise the seatback press the control toward the front of the vehicle A
361. nition control knob from its cylinder could damage it Make sure the keyless access transmitter is inside the vehicle when trying to turn the ignition control knob A LOCK OFF The ignition control knob cannot be removed from the vehicle The keyless access transmitter must be inside the vehicle to start the engine This position locks the ignition and shifter on automatic transmission vehicles and the ignition and steering wheel on manual transmission vehicles B ACC ACCESSORY This position allows you to use things like the radio and the windshield wipers when the engine is off This position will allow you to turn off the engine C ON RUN This position is for driving It is the position the ignition switch returns to after the engine starts and the control knob is released If you need to shift the transmission out of P Park the ignition control knob has to be in ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time D START This position starts the engine 2 33 Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off e Audio System e Power Windows e Sunroof if equipped Power to the audio system will work up to 10 minutes or until the driver door is
362. ns under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 133 for the vehicle s engine code Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the spare tire cover It is very helpful if parts need to be ordered The label has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to the vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain the vehicle battery even if the vehicle is not operating The vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 69 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by an internal circuit breaker If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow the wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the cir
363. nside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to 4 26 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle needs to be towed See Roadside Service on page 7 8 To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device kno
364. nsmission taking off on a hill In a situation where no roll back is desired an applied EPB will allow both feet to be used for the clutch and accelerator pedals in preparation for starting the vehicle moving in the intended direction In this situation perform the normal clutch and accelerator actions required to begin moving the vehicle There is no need to push the switch to release the EPB If you are towing a trailer and parking on a hill see Towing a Trailer CTS V on page 4 29 or Towing a Trailer CTS on page 4 29 for more information 2 47 Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer CTS V on page 4 29 or Towing a Trailer CTS on page 4 29 2 48 Use this procedure to shift into P Park 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 44 for more information 2 Move the shift lever into P Park by holding in the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 4 For v
365. ntact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off the engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling the vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling the vehicle This is against the law i l A in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel door on the pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel passenger side To open the fuel door push the pump never let children pump fuel rearward center edge in and release and it will open To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spi
366. number to be stored at once with no pauses e If the system recognizes the number it responds with OK Storing and repeats the phone number e Ifthe system is unsure it recognizes the phone number it responds with Store and repeats the number followed by Please say yes or no If the number is correct say Yes If the number is not correct say No The system will ask for the number to be re entered After the system stores the phone number it responds with Please say the name tag followed by a tone Say a name tag for the phone number The name tag is recorded and the system responds with About to store lt name tag gt Does that sound OK e If the name tag does not sound correct say No and repeat Step 5 e If the name tag sounds correct say Yes and the name tag is stored After the number is stored the system returns to the main menu 3 113 Using the Digit Store Command The digit store command allows a phone number to be stored by entering the digits individually 1 Press and hold amp for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Digit Store The system responds with Please say the first dig
367. o not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL can cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle Engine Coolant The cooling system in the vehicle for all engines and the intercooler is filled with DEX COOL This coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low If there is a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 38 5 31 What to Use Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant If using this mixture nothing else needs to be added This mixture Z CAUTION e Gives freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C outside temperature Adding only plain water to the cooling system can e Gives boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid engine temperature such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant e Protects against rust and
368. o seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Bluetooth The system responds with Bluetooth ready followed by a tone 3 Say Change phone The system responds with Please wait while search for other phones e If another phone is found the response will be lt Phone name gt is now connected e If another phone is not found the original phone remains connected Storing Name Tags The system can store up to thirty phone numbers as name tags that are shared between the Bluetooth and OnStar systems The system uses the following commands to store and retrieve phone numbers e Store e Digit Store e Directory Using the Store Command The store command allows a phone number to be stored without entering the digits individually 1 Press and hold amp 8 for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Store The system responds with Store number please followed by a tone Say the complete phone
369. oad illumination while turning To enable AFL set the exterior lamp switch on the multifunction lever to the AUTO position Moving the switch out of the AUTO position will deactivate the system AFL will operate when the vehicle speed is greater than 2 mph 3 km h AFL will not operate when the transmission is in R Reverse AFL is not immediately operable after starting the vehicle driving a short distance is required to calibrate the AFL See Headlamps on page 3 16 Fog Lamps Use the fog lamps for better vision in foggy or misty conditions The fog lamp control is located on the turn signal multifunction lever 4D Fog Lamps Turn the fog lamp band on the lever up to 40 and release it to turn the fog lamps on or off The band will return to its original position The parking lamps must be on for the fog lamps to work If the high beam headlamps are turned on the fog lamps will also turn off They will turn back on again when you change back to low beam headlamps Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Exterior Lighting Battery Saver The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF if the parking lamps or headlamps have been left on This protects against draining the battery The battery saver does not work if the headlamps are turned on after the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes
370. object up to 8 feet 2 5 m behind the vehicle and at least 10 inches 25 4 cm off the ground The display is located o above the rear window and A CAUTION can be seen by looking over your right shoulder The Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA Gaz system does not replace driver vision It cannot detect e objects that are below the bumper underneath the vehicle or if they are too close or far from the vehicle e children pedestrians bicyclists or pets If you do not use proper care before and while URPA uses three color coded lights to provide distance backing vehicle damage injury or death could and system information occur Even with URPA always check behind the vehicle before backing up While backing be sure to look for objects and check the vehicle s mirrors 2 55 How the System Works URPA comes on automatically when the shift lever is moved into R Reverse The rear display briefly illuminates to indicate the system is working URPA operates only at speeds less than 5 mph 8 km h If the vehicle is above this speed the red light on the rear display will flash To be detected objects must be at least 10 inches 25 4 cm off the ground and below trunk level Objects must also be within 8 feet 2 5 m from the rear bumper This distance may be less during warmer or humid weather A single beep will sound the first time an object is detected between 23 inches 0 6 m and 8 feet 2 5 m awa
371. od battery and run the engine for a while 11 Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal 5 52 Jumper Cable Removal Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle All Wheel Drive If your vehicle is equipped with all wheel drive this is an additional system that needs lubrication Transfer Case When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check the transfer case fluid unless you suspect there is a leak or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss could indicate a problem Hav
372. of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are e One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire if the vehicle has one The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The DIC message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor e The TPMS sensor matching process was not done or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message should go off after successfully completing the sensor matching process See TPMS Sensor Matching Process later in this section 5 78 One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 82 Operating electronic devi
373. of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of the vehicle s radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN The radio does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle 3 121 Audio Steering Wheel Controls Press to interact with the Bluetooth system See Bluetooth on page 3 109 for more information lt 1 Volume Press to increase or to decrease the volume A Ge amp amp Mute Speech Recognition Push to Talk Press p l and release to silence the vehicle speakers only The V audio of the wireless and wired headphones if the vehicle has these features does not mute Press and release amp again to turn the sound on 1A e For vehicles with a navigation system press and hold for two second
374. ol Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Damage to vehicle components resulting from the installation or use of non GM certified parts including control module modifications are not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 70 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information se
375. ol or warm up and cycle the ignition to be sure this message Clears This message clears itself after 10 seconds until the next ignition cycle See Engine Oil on page 5 18 for additional information Engine Overheated Idle Engine Notice lf you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal idling speed See Engine Overheating on page 5 38 for more information This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too hot Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 40 See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 47 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 3 62 Engine Power Is Reduced This message displays when the engine power is being reduced to protect the engine from damage There could be several malfunctions that might cause this message Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehic
376. ological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control the vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of the vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 38 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time Actually doing it is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a
377. ols Dual Climate Control System The heating cooling and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system A Display H Temperature Control B Fan Control and Heated Seat C Power I Air Conditioning D AUTO J Recirculation E PASS Passenger Outside Air Climate Control K Heated Windshield F Defrost Washer G Air Delivery Mode L Rear Window Control Defogger 3 24 Automatic Operation AUTO Automatic The system automatically controls fan speed air delivery and air conditioning in order to heat or cool the vehicle to the desired temperature When the indicator light is on the system is in full automatic operation If the air delivery mode or fan setting is manually adjusted the auto indicator turns off and displays will show the selected settings 1 Press the AUTO button 2 Adjust the temperature to a comfortable setting between 70 F 21 C and 80 F 27 C Choosing the coldest or warmest temperature setting will not cause the system to heat or cool any faster If the system is set at the warmest temperature setting it remains in manual mode at that temperature and it will not go into automatic mode To avoid blowing cold air in cold weather the system delays turning on the fan until warm air is available The system starts out blowing air at the floor but can automatically change modes as the vehicle warms up to maintain the chose
378. om the wiper blades before using them If the blades are frozen to the windshield gently loosen or thaw them If they become damaged install new blades For more information see Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 61 Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down Rainsense Wipers Vehicles with Rainsense windshield wipers have a moisture sensor for this feature mounted on the interior side of the windshield behind the rearview mirror This sensor automatically operates the wipers by monitoring the amount of moisture build up on the windshield Wipes occur as needed to clear the windshield depending on driving conditions and the sensitivity setting In light rain or snow fewer wipes will occur In heavy rain or snow wipes occur more frequently If the system is left on for long periods of time occasional wipes may occur without any moisture on the windshield This is normal and indicates that the Rainsense system is activated The wiper control should be left in the off position unless the wiper is needed The Rainsense system is sensitive to vibration and can activate if something hits the windshield or if the vehicle hits a bump Rainsense windshield wipers operate in a delay mode as well as a continuous low or high speed as needed Move the wiper lever up to the delay position and turn the band to one of five settings The level one or lowest setting
379. on GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 80 Winter tires with the same speed rating as your original equipment tires may not be available for H V W Y and ZR speed rated tires If you choose snow tires with a lower speed rating never exceed the tire s maximum speed capability A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes other than those originally installed on your vehicle brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes other than those originally installed on your vehicle brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type tires on all four wheels A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on the vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range
380. on Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How variou
381. on allows certain features to be programmed for one preferred setting Only the customization options available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings were preset when the vehicle left the factory but may have been changed The customization preferences are automatically recalled To change customization preferences use the following procedure 3 71 Entering the Feature Settings Menu 1 Turn the ignition on To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press the customization button to enter the feature settings menu Feature Settings Menu Items The following are customization features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle Display In English This feature will only display if a language other than English has been set This feature allows for changing the language of the DIC messages back to English Press the customization button until the Press V To Display In English screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to select English as the language in which all DIC messages will appear 3 72 Display Language This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC messages will appear Press the customization button until the Display Language screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through
382. on the last page of text and the extension of the filename is not displayed The HDD Radio will display file names with the extension Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are special folders containing compressed audio song files Playlists must have a file extension of PLS or M3U Playlists can be selected using the previous and next folder buttons Tracks can be changed by pressing the seek buttons or turning the tune knob Songs are played sequentially press the lt lt REV or gt FWD to reverse or advance through the playing song The HDD Radio does not support preprogrammed playlists To create a playlist on the HDD radio from songs recorded to the HDD see Saving HDD Favorites earlier in this section 3 Playing an MP3 WMA Insert a CD partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player pulls in the CD and should begin playing For the Single CD Player the track number displays at the left and center of the screen A Shuffle label appears below Press the pushbutton located under the Shuffle label to play the MP3 WMA files of the CD in random order For the Six Disc CD Player the disc number displays at the upper right side of the screen Th
383. ong fluid can badly damage brake hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 113 5 45 Brake Wear This vehicle has disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time the vehicle is moving except when applying the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When the brake wear warning sound is heard have the vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper
384. operly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil Engine Cover To remove 1 Remove the oil fill cap A Engine Cover CTS 2 Raise the right front corner of engine cover B to release from the ball stud 3 Pull the engine cover B forward to slide the rear tabs C out from under the retainers 4 Lift and remove the engine cover 5 Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to reinstall engine cover 5 23 Engine Cover CTS V 5 24 To remove The engine cover consists of two pieces Only the larger piece needs to be removed to access the engine oil and power steering fill caps 1 Raise the front of engine cover A to release from the ball studs B 2 Pull the engine cover forward until clear of the smaller piece 3 Lift and remove the engine cover 4 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall engine cover Engine Air Cleaner Filter The engine air cleaner filter is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle near the front See Engine Compartmen
385. or New Tires Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 76 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 133 One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to A CAUTION check the treadwear indicators which will Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to appear when a which it is fastened can make wheel nuts j sey only we become loose after a time The wheel could 1 6 mm or less o come off and cause a crash When you tread remaining Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if you need to to get all the rust or dirt off You need new tires if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not
386. or crash nothing may be necessary But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section Have the safety belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash if the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 Section 2 Features and Controls K yS enoar AE REE 2 3 Theft Deterrent Systems aaeeeneeeeeee 2 27 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 5 Theft Deterrent System 0cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 27 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System IMMODINIZER ssia ac adenesetacescas He D SUED 2 28 Operation icc taicaitindeatercigeasennesctierasahiien 2 6 Immobilizer Operation Key Access 6 5 2 29 Keyless Access System 0ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 2 8 Immobilizer Operation Keyless Access 2 30 Keyless Access System Operation 0 2 9 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle
387. orized keyless access transmitter however will not be able to open the door even with a transmitter in the vehicle See Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for more information You may temporarily disable the keyless locking feature by pressing the door unlock switch for three seconds on an open door Keyless locking will then remain disabled until a door lock switch is pressed or until the power mode transitions from the off power mode To select whether the horn sounds or the lights flash when the vehicle is locked see Remote Door Lock earlier in this section Press the customization button until Keyless Locking appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Off default The keyless locking feature will be disabled On The keyless locking feature will be enabled The doors will automatically lock several seconds after you turn the ignition off remove a keyless access transmitter from the interior of the vehicle and close all of the doors No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 77 Keyless Unlock If the vehicle has the keyless access system this feature allows you to select which doors will automatically unlock when you a
388. orn symbols on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt and Telescopic Steering Wheel A tilt and telescope wheel lets the steering wheel be adjusted The tilt and telescope lever is located on the left side of the steering column To tilt and telescope the steering wheel pull the lever down Then move the steering wheel up or down or backward or forward into a comfortable position Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column For vehicles with this feature the power tilt wheel control is located on the left side of the steering column To operate the power tilt feature push the control up or down to tilt the steering wheel up or down Push the control forward or rearward to move the steering wheel toward the front or rear of the vehicle Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following Turn and Lane Change Signals Exterior Lamp Control D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer tD Fog Lamps Flash To Pass Feature Information for these features is on the pages following Turn and Lane Change Signals An arrow on the instrument panel cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane ch
389. out of the vehicle A CAUTION Never do this Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle Due to crash forces an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force ona person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint Never do this Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Never put a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat Secure a rear facing child CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued restraint in a rear seat It is also better to secure a forward facing child restraint in a rear seat If you must secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go 1 37 Q A 1 38 What are the different types of add on child restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a chi
390. ower plug from the accessory power outlet and unscrew the inflating hose from the tire valve See Roadside Service on page 7 8 11 12 13 Press the on off button B to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit off The tire is not sealed and will continue to leak air until the vehicle is driven and the sealant is distributed in the tire therefore Steps 12 through 18 must be done immediately after Step 11 Be careful while handling the tire sealant and compressor kit as it could be warm after usage Unplug the power plug H from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Turn the sealant air hose F counterclockwise to remove it from the tire valve stem 14 Replace the tire valve stem cap 15 Replace the sealant air hose F and the power plug H back in their original location 16 If the flat tire was able to inflate to the recommended inflation pressure remove 90 km h the maximum speed MAX label from the sealant canister E and 55 mph place it in a highly visible location The label is a reminder not to exceed 55 mph 90 km h until the damaged tire is repaired or replaced 17 Return the equipment to its original storage location in the vehicle 18 Immediately drive the vehicle 5 miles 8 km to distribute the sealant in the tire 19 Stop at a safe location and check the tire pressure Refer to Steps 1 through 11 under Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit without Sealant to Inf
391. parking or driving slowly there may be a problem with the system You will still have power steering but steering will be stiffer than normal at slow speeds See your dealer retailer for service Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed Traction in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and vehicle speed While in a curve speed is the one factor that can be controlled If there is a need to reduce speed do it before entering the curve while the front wheels are straight Try to adjust the speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you These problems can be avoided by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot stop in time because there is no room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem The vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 4 4 It is better to remove as much speed as possible from a collision Then steer around the pro
392. part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between the vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster with a lot of heavy braking Keeping pace with the traffic and allowing realistic following distances eliminates a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven brake normally but do not pump the brakes If the brakes are pumped the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops there will still be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect vehicle per
393. ped for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 82 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 4 for additional information 5 84 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a ha
394. per Blades Cleaning ccccieeeeeeeeeeena 5 115 Wiper FUSES is isicasctincetasect ihease iinis monsta 5 119 WIDGIS cr anneer canna inaa E aE 3 9 Winter Driving s seccuciviaitnt eisai ees 4 18 Winter TICS cessrn hacen ntarunndesnneekeeatet 5 64 Wiper Activated Headlamps sicc 3 17 XM Radio Messages sceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeea ees 3 108 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 124 Your Vehicle and the Environment 0 0 6 2
395. ppears again when you begin driving the system needs service See your dealer retailer right away 3 66 Service Battery Charging System This message displays when there is a problem with the generator and battery charging systems Driving with this problem could drain the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Have the electrical system checked by your dealer retailer Under certain conditions the charging system light may also turn on in the instrument panel cluster See Charging System Light on page 3 37 for more information Service Brake Assist This message displays if there is a problem with the brake system The brake system warning light and the antilock brake system ABS warning light may also display on the instrument panel cluster See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 38 and Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 3 39 for more information Stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display If the message displays immediately or again after you begin driving the brake system needs service See your dealer retailer as soon as possible See Brakes on page 5 44 for more information Service Brake System This message displays while the ignition is on when the brake fluid level is low The brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on See Bra
396. pproach the vehicle with the keyless access transmitter and open the driver s door See Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for more information To select whether the lights flash when the vehicle is unlocked see Remote Door Unlock earlier in this section Press the customization button until Keyless Unlock appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Entry Door Only default Only the driver s door will automatically unlock when you approach the vehicle with the keyless access transmitter and open the drivers door The rest of the doors will unlock if the drivers door handle is pulled a second time All Doors All doors will automatically unlock when you approach the vehicle with the keyless access transmitter and open the driver s door No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 78 Chime Volume This feature allows you to select the volume level of the chime Press the customization button until Chime Volume appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Normal The chime volume will be set to a norma
397. ps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the warranty 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug 8 bead unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it lighter or the accessory power outlets Turn off will not work and it could damage the vehicle the radio and all lamps that are not needed This 1 Check the other vehicle It must have will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And a 12 volt battery with a negative ground it could save the radio system 5 48 4 Open the hoods and locate the positive and negative terminal locations or the remote positive and remote negative terminals of the other vehicle Then locate the remote positive location on your vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 14 for more information on locations the terminals Notice f you connect a negative cable to the Engine Control Module ECM ECM mounting bracket or any cables that attach to the ECM bracket you may damage the ECM Always attach the negative cable to your vehicle s remote negative ground location instead of the ECM ECM bracket or any cables attached to the ECM bracket A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Your vehicle has a remote negative ground lo
398. r frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 34 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 113 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 for more information Notice lf an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 61 See your dealer retailer for service 1 71 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible 1 72 If the vehicle has been in a crash do you need new safety belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very min
399. r retailer 3 68 Service Traction Control This message displays when there is a problem with the Traction Control System TCS The TCS StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on When this message displays the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly See your dealer retailer for service See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 for more information Service Transmission This message displays when there is a problem with the vehicle s transmission Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer Service Vehicle Soon This message displays when a non emissions related malfunction occurs Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible Shift To Park Automatic Transmission Only If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays if the vehicle is not in P Park while the engine is being turned off The vehicle will be in ACC ACCESSORY Once the shift lever is moved to P Park the ignition needs to be turned off If the ignition is not turned off the vehicle will remain in ACC ACCESSORY To avoid draining the battery turn the ignition to off before leaving the vehicle Speed Limited To XXX MPH km h This message displays when the vehicle speed is limited to 80 mph 128 km h because the vehicle detects a problem in the speed variable assist steering magnetic ride control or automatic leveling control systems
400. r service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control System Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position e For automatic transmission vehicles the ignition A CAUTION should turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in P Park When you are doing this inspection the vehicle e With the key access ignition system the ignition could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or key should come out only in LOCK OFF See others could be injured Ignition Positions Key Access on page 2 32 or Ignition Positions Keyless Access on page 2 33 1 Before starting this check be sure there is enough Contact your dealer retailer if service is required room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 44 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of P Park with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of P Park contact your dealer retailer for service Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission P Park Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check the vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged
401. r your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 1 24 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest ys SAY lt N A SS i J g KK AT pea pP The belt is behind the body 1 25 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it a amp Q A The belt is twisted ac
402. rance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM
403. rap C through one of the cargo tie downs A located in the rear of the vehicle 5 Route the hook B through the loop C 6 Pull the strap to tighten it around the cargo tie down A 7 Route the hook end of the strap through the wheel 8 Attach the hook to the cargo tie down in the rear of the vehicle 9 Slide the buckle to tighten the cargo tie down strap Use the following diagram as a guide for storing the compact spare tire in the trunk 5 107 Compact Spare Tire and Tools Use the following diagram as a guide for storing the compact spare tire and tools in the trunk A Wing Nut C Jack B Compact Spare Tire D Wheel Wrench or Flat Tire valve E Extension stem down F Strap Reverse the instructions for removing the spare tire and tools to store the compact spare tire 5 108 Compact Spare Tire A CAUTION Driving with more than one compact spare tire at a time could result in loss of braking and handling This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured Use only one compact spare tire at a time If your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire it was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well
404. res ccecce 5 81 WINTER TIKES ssciie eteblaarinaccainseiiecst anno ani A e 5 64 Towing Recreational Vehicle 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 4 26 TOWING lt a MALEN rrenaren a E 4 29 YOUR VORICIC seise arogas mamalan esni a 4 26 Traction Control System TCS ieresisrisiasinmiiarnsen 4 7 Limited Slip Rear Axle a nn 4 9 Magnetic Ride Control ceeeeeeeeneeeeeees 4 9 StabiliTrak System 0cccccccccesesesseeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Transmission Fluid AUTOMATIC ere nesana aeei 5 29 Fluid Manual cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeenes 5 29 Up Shift Light ceiuri saan oinei 3 37 Transmission Operation Automatic 2 37 Transmission Operation Manual 006 2 42 Transportation Courtesy ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 7 11 Trip Odometers 2 10 ecceeeeeeeee eee eeeeeee eee eeeeeneen ees 3 33 MEUM seek ac anacaeilare wes Pamedannt a a Ea 2 20 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 eeeeeee 3 8 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever e eeeeeeeeeeee 3 7 Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist URPA 2 54 Uniform Tire Quality Grading a s 5 84 Universal Home Remote System 0 2 61 OPS FATION iscstetnadacee2ccrtnateceeetecenttonead eacneensh 2 61 Up Shift Light sieiicscseccsd ses viccscianevecactexeanteweveenes 3 37 13 Vehicle GONMO esea sac sete stsmneetes 4 3 Loading scesi Rares aani a at chcey 4 21 Parking YOUN cerae E A E ES 2 50 Running Whi
405. ressure Cap cceeeeee 5 38 Cooling SySteM ceeeeeeeeee eee eee eissii 5 30 Courtesy Transportation ccceceeeeeeeeeee eres 7 11 Covers ENGINE scopes EF 5 23 Cruise COMON orcs caceeet tiie nenin ina ASEE 3 13 Cruise Control Light soc sescerncsatcesssetaaoines minien 3 47 C pholderS ission naaraana aE a 2 65 Customer Assistance 0ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 7 6 OCES acm e aeae 7 6 Text Telephone TTY Users scncese 7 6 Customer Information Service Publications Ordering Information 7 17 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 7 2 Damage Repair Collision ceeeeeeeeeee eee 7 13 Data Recorders VON EE 7 19 Daytime Running Lamps DRL eee 3 17 Defensive Driving eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Delayed LOCKING i eicuessestetiss aatteieeders canine 2 18 DIG COMPASS eiaeiiai dh acesds oan eE aE ated 3 55 Dise MPSitscztevtsedsn esac anteieacineaccanchoastesstencwserneas 3 104 Doing Your Own Service Work eeeeeeeee ees 5 5 Door Central Door Unlocking System 0 08 2 17 Delayed LOCKING ssateeciekisvevsiecoeecbeaeveunl tae 2 18 LOCKS s ekin annoa OEE mieisiecanecene ads 2 17 Power Door LOCKS cii cccccevenieteesstedenseeane tenet 2 18 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 18 Rear Door Security LOCKS cceeeeeeeeee ees 2 19 Driver Information Center DIC ceeeeeee 3 49 D
406. rocedure for checking and changing the transmission fluid Because this procedure is difficult it should be done at the dealer retailer service department Contact your dealer retailer for additional information or the procedure can be found in the service manual To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 17 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle and the damages may not be covered by the vehicle s warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 Manual Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the manual transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to a dealer retailer for service Have it repaired as soon as possible You may also have the fluid level checked by your dealer retailer when the oil is changed See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 for the proper fluid to use Hydraulic Clutch It is not necessary to regularly check clutch fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system Adding fluid will not correct a leak A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected
407. rol located on the outboard side of the A Seat Cushion Bolster Adjustment Switch seat cushions B Lumbar Support Control Switch C Seatback Bolster Adjustment Switch To increase or decrease support hold the control forward or rearward Adjust the seat as needed 1 6 Power Lumbar On vehicles with this feature e Press and hold the top of the control B to increase support to the top of the seatback and decrease support to the bottom of the lumbar e Press and hold the bottom of the control to decrease support to the top of the seatback and increase support to the bottom of the seatback e Press and hold the front or rear of the control to increase or decrease support to the entire seatback Side Bolster On vehicles with this feature e Press the top or bottom of control A to increase or decrease support in seat cushion bolsters e Press the top or bottom of the control C to increase or decrease support in the seatback bolsters Heated and Ventilated Seats On vehicles with this feature the buttons are located on the climate control panel s Heated Seat and Seatback Press to heat the seat and seatback amp Ventilated Seat Press to ventilate the seat A light bar in the climate control display shows the setting high medium or low Press either button to start that feature at the highest setting Each press of the button decreases the setting To turn the feature off press the button un
408. roof of the vehicle Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear radio reception If the vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Section 4 Your Driving the Road and the Vehicle 4 2 Driving for Better Fuel Economy 00 4 2 Defensive Driving eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 4 2 Drunk Driving icscencsciereaccenesteecaae hase camtereawemersnesy 4 3 Control of a Vehicle sirsenis enn 4 3 Braking aaneen 4 4 Antilock Brake System ABS a c 4 5 Braking in Emergencies ceeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 4 6 StabiliTrak System ccccccccccceeeeesseeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 Traction Control System TCS o ae 4 7 Magnetic Ride Control 2 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 9 Limited Slip Rear Axle cceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee ees 4 9 All Wheel Drive AWD System 0 0eeeee ee 4 9 STEGNO arm eraann eaaa Raa anei 4 10 Off Road Recovery soesiiisirsriiiccsiriariirineiosss 4 12 Passing aa EA E 4 12 Loss Of Controls iieri anice noai 4 12 Driving Your Vehicle Competitive Driving ceeeeeeeeeeeee teeter eens 4 14 Driving at Night sicccecsnelacsceteeicaven ia Ges astunari 4 14 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 15 Before Leaving on a Long Trip accessere 4 16 Highway Hypnosis cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee neta ees 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads eens 4 17 Winter Driving si2cctisec sects cotseteeec
409. ross the body 1 26 Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap shoulder belt The following instructions explain how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 2 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way the child restraint locking feature may be engaged If this happens let the belt go back all the way and start again 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 32 Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section for use and important safety information 1 27 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on s
410. rotection seeeeeeeeneeeeeee eens 3 21 Belt Routing Engine cceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 17 Bluetooth siiani nisse cecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 109 BOOSt GAG nesciens onina EERE 3 49 Brake Electric Parking correria 2 45 EmergentieS ssescisisrisonr eiai ana e 4 6 Brake FUNG scstciiestapetiecagseantanie ieni eenah 5 44 Brako So wcisccccsaccscantuaconaiensutemsnamenttanensndetewnnen ts 5 44 ANUOCK orkrona ra E EN 4 5 System Warning Light aeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeren 3 38 BrAKINO isare ienn anian a E aa 4 4 Braking in Emergencies cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 6 Break In New Vehicle cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 31 Bulb Replacement eceeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 61 Fog L mp eae a a 3 19 Front Turn Signal and Fog Lamps 5 59 Halogen Bul isieisse ses anesd tecaweenretecsiae anssi 5 59 Headlamp AiMing ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeenees 5 55 Headlamps iiiescaicaicie chitertiettbae dis EERE 5 58 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 5 58 License Plate Lamps cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 60 Buying New TireS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 82 Calibration Ea 3 55 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 5 California Fuelha srat o e enda iaaii 5 7 California Proposition 65 Warning ceeee 5 5 Canadian Owners s itseciacccedaevieweoisian ceria iii Capacities and Specifications
411. rovides information about tire pressures and the Tire Pressure Monitoring System When the Light is On Steady This indicates that one or more of the tires is significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC can accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information Stop and check the tires as soon as it is safe to do so If a tire is underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 63 for more information 3 41 When the Light Flashes First and Then is On Steady This indicates that there could be a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System The light flashes for about a minute and stays on steady for the remainder of the ignition cycle This sequence repeats with every ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 75 for more information Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment This light should come on when the ignition is on but the engine is not running as a check to show it is working If it does not come on have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer 3 42 If the check engine light comes on and stays on while the engin
412. s completely down e Have the vehicle repaired immediately which cannot be seen or smelled Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death CAUTION Continued Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation 2 51 Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with poor ventilation is dangerous Engine exhaust may enter the vehicle Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO which cannot be seen or smelled It can cause unconsciousness and even death Never run the engine in an enclosed area that has no fresh air ventilation For more information see Engine Exhaust on page 2 51 2 52 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the automatic transmission shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when it is on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the automatic transmission shift lever to P Park or the manual transmission shift lever to Neutral Follow the proper steps
413. s highlighted Press the TUNE TONE knob to select the highlighted station The highlighted station will also automatically be selected if the TUNE TONE is released and no longer turned Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite The number of favorites pages can be setup using the CONFIG button To setup the number of favorites Drivers sei e er T set up eae coy pages perform the following steps favorites while the vehicle is stopped Tune to favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering 1 Press the CONFIG button to display the radio wheel controls if the vehicle has this feature See setup menu Defensive Driving on page 4 2 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV label 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels on the display and by using the radio favorites page button 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out FAV button Press the FAV button to go through up to to return to the original main radio screen showing six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations the radio station frequency labels and to begin available per page Each page of favorites can contain the process of programming favorites for the any combination of AM FM or XM stations chosen number of
414. s message displays when the passenger side rear door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely Rotate Control To Off Position If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays when the ignition is in ACC ACCESSORY and the shift lever has just been moved to P Park The message displays as a reminder to turn the ignition off To avoid draining the battery make sure the ignition is turned off before leaving the vehicle Service Air Bag This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 35 for more information 3 65 Service A C System This message displays when the electronic sensors that control the air conditioning and heating systems are no longer working Have the climate control system serviced by your dealer retailer if you notice a drop in heating and air conditioning efficiency Service All Wheel Drive This message displays if a problem occurs with the All Wheel Drive AWD system The vehicle will run in 2WD This could be caused by e An electronics problem e An AWD system oil overheat e Worn out or overheated clutch plates e Various electrical issues If this message appears stop as soon as possible and turn off the ignition for 30 seconds Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display If the message is still displayed or a
415. s or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 57 in this manual for more information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions 7 20 Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information A Accessories and Modifications c eeeeeee 5 4 Accessory Power Outlets c eeceeeeeeeeeees 3 22 Adaptive Forward Lighting System 00 3 19 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle aiaccine 1 70 Additives Fuel einen aan SA 5 7 Add On Electrical Equipment
416. s systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research need
417. s the lock or unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 6 for more information On vehicles with the Remote Keyless Access system the door unlocks by pulling the door handle when you have the transmitter with you See Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for more information Central Door Unlocking System The vehicle has a central door unlocking feature When unlocking the driver door the other doors can be unlocked by holding the key in the turned position for a few seconds or by quickly turning the key twice in the lock cylinder Power Door Locks On vehicles with power door locks the switches are located on the front doors m Unlock Press to unlock the doors Lock Remove the key from the ignition and press to lock the doors Delayed Locking With this feature you can delay the actual locking of the doors When the power door lock switch is pressed when the key is not in the ignition and the driver door is opened a chime will sound three times indicating that delayed locking is active When all the doors are closed the doors will lock automatically after five seconds If a door is reopened before five seconds have elapsed the five second timer will reset itself once all the doors are closed again You can press the door lock switch again or the lock button on the RKE transmitter to override this feature and lock the doors
418. s to initiate speech Left Side Steering Right Side Steering ae E a Wheel Controls for CTS Wheel Controls for CTS recognition See Speech Recognition in the CTS V Similar and CTS V Navigation System manual for more information e For vehicles without a navigation system press and hold for two seconds to interact with OnStar or Bluetooth See the OnStar System on page 2 57 or Bluetooth on page 3 109 for more information Vehicles with audio steering wheel controls could differ depending on the vehicle s options Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the folowing about these features SRCE Source Press to switch between the e For vehicles with a navigation system Onstar radio AM FM XM CD HDD auxiliary input jack angi alia j USB and iPod or Bluetooth press and hold for two seconds and say hands free to interact with OnStar A 1 G amp V Previous Next Press to go to the or Bluetooth See the OnStar System on previous or next radio station stored as a favorite page 2 57 or Bluetooth on page 3 109 for or the previous or next track of a CD more information about these features 3 122 Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or sta
419. s way 1 20 Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs 1 21 Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle 1 22 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this The belt is over an armrest A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests 1 23 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt unde
420. se the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child in a forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off CAUTION Continued 1 42 CAUTION Continued Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 63 for additional information When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle Wherever a child restraint is installed be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system hol
421. seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Certification Label GM MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP DATE GVWR GAWR FRT L Na OTOR NTION STANDARDS IN THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER EFFECT ON THE D FM WN ABOVE 2000 ASS CAR A A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to either the driver s door edge or the lower center pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle This label shows the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo The Certification label also shows the maximum weights for the front and rear axles called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR for either the front or rear axle A CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle 4 25 If you put things i
422. sert the current driver s key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to ON RUN within five seconds of the ignition being turned to LOCK OFF in Step 3 5 The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed It may not be apparent that the security light went on due to how quickly the key is programmed 6 Repeat the Steps 1 through 4 if additional keys are to be programmed In an emergency contact Cadillac Roadside Service See Roadside Service on page 7 8 Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle 2 29 Immobilizer Operation Keyless Access Your vehicle has a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the ignition control knob is turned to LOCK OFF The immobilization system is disarmed when the ignition control knob is pushed in and a valid transmitter is found in the vehicle You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system The system has one or more keyless access transmitters that are matched to an immobilizer control unit in your vehicle Only a correctly matched keyless access transmitter will start the vehicl
423. sesssseresreenes 3 104 Engine Oil Pressure Gage 3 46 XM Radio Messages c c scseeeeseseseeteees 3 108 Security Light E E see sea eataneesiamecurne 3 47 Navigation Radio System 0 cccccsceeeeeeeeees 3 109 Fog Lamp Light essere eet tees 3 47 Bluetooth dares sines eraren Ti e 3 109 Lights On Reminder sssssrssssitrrrsrrerrrernren 3 47 Theft Deterrent Feature ceeeeeeeeeees 3 121 Cruise Control Light eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeteeees 3 47 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0000c0ee 3 122 Highbeam On Light seis 3 48 Radio Reception c c cccceesesesesteteeeteteeee 3 123 FUGH Gage eicccacewcdie ateset et decenesbecuns Suetennecess 3 48 Backglass Antenna 0 ccccccscesseseceseeseeeseees 3 124 BOOST Gage tcc eeleacscecccidassnclehcaatyabieaaboniiiia yesene 3 49 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 3 124 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview CTS Shown CTS V Similar 3 4 The main components of the instrument panel are the following O P QOmmovoonD TAS Outlet Adjustment on page 3 29 Driver Information Center DIC on page 3 49 Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 20 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 31 Windshield Wipers on page 3 9 Navigation Button If Equipped See Navigation System Manual Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 Magnetic Ride Con
424. setting is displayed on the DIC 3 76 Factory Settings This feature allows you to set all of the customization features back to their factory default settings Press the customization button until Factory Settings appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Restore All default The customization features will be set to their factory default settings No Change The customization features will not be set to their factory default settings To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC Keyless Locking If the vehicle has the keyless access system this feature allows you to select whether the doors automatically lock during normal vehicle exit When the ignition is turned off and all doors become closed the vehicle will determine how many keyless access transmitters remain in the vehicle interior If at least one keyless access transmitter has been removed from the interior of the vehicle the doors will lock after several seconds For example if there are two keyless access transmitters in the vehicle and one is removed the other will be locked in The keyless access transmitter locked in the vehicle can still be used to start the vehicle or unlock the doors if needed A person approaching the outside of the locked vehicle without an auth
425. shield wipers and turn the ignition off again when the wipers are straight up on the windshield This allows access to the leaf screen The passenger compartment air filter is located under the screen 3 Open the hood to access the engine compartment See Hood Release on page 5 13 for more information 4 Remove the three screws that hold the screen in place and lift off the screen by lifting and sliding it toward the center of the vehicle 5 Pull out on the two tabs located on each end of the filter cover 6 Lift the filter cover off by pulling it straight up 7 Remove the old filter and insert a new one See Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 16 for the correct part number for the filter Reverse Steps 1 through 6 to reinstall the cover 3 30 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could prevent injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to indicate a problem with the vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while
426. side temperature conditions steam might flow out of the washer nozzles for a short period of time before washer fluid is sprayed This is a normal condition Washer Fluid Low Add Fluid displays on the DIC when the washer fluid is low See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 Headlamp Washer Your vehicle may have headlamp washers The headlamp washers clear debris from the headlamp lenses The headlamp washers are located beneath the headlamps Press the washer button located at the end of the windshield wiper lever to wash the headlamps Both the headlamps and the windshield will be washed After the first wash the headlamps will not be washed until the fifth press of the windshield washer button The headlamps must be on to be washed If the headlamps are off only the windshield will be washed when the washer button is pressed If the washer fluid is low the headlamp washers will not work See Windshield Washer on page 3 11 for more information Cruise Control A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use the cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads With cruise control a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more can be maintained
427. so inspect the spare tire if the vehicle has one For more information on tire inspection see When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 81 Tire rotation is not recommended if the vehicle has 255 40R19 size tires on the front wheels and 285 35R19 size tires on the rear wheels Different tire sizes should not be rotated front to rear Each tire and wheel should only be used in its original front or rear position Tire rotation is recommended if the vehicle has the same size tires on all four wheel positions These tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new 5 80 Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 81 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 86 Use the rotation pattern shown here when rotating tires of the same size installed on all four wheel positions After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 and Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System See Tire When It Is Time f
428. specially if you maintain the tires properly See Tires on page 5 63 If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blow out here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blow out particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blow out remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place and stopping 1 Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 2 Park your vehicle If your vehicle has an automatic transmission set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in P Park If your vehicle has a manual transmission move the shift lever to R Reverse and set the parking brake firmly 3 Turn off the engine 4 Inspect the flat tire Z CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs
429. ssenger side switch a second time to open the sunroof to the full open position On vehicles equipped with an air deflector it automatically raises when the sunroof opens and retracts when the sunroof closes Vent Feature Press and hold the front of the passenger side switch to vent the sunroof The sunshade will automatically open approximately one and a half inches Press and hold the rear of the passenger side switch to close the sunroof vent Anti Pinch Feature If an object is in the path of the sunroof sunshade when it is closing the anti pinch feature will detect the object and stop the sunroof sunshade from closing at the point of the obstruction The sunroof sunshade will then return to the full open position To close the sunroof sunshade see Express Close earlier in this section 2 67 42 NOTES 2 68 Section 3 Instrument Panel Overview eeee 3 4 Hazard Warning Flashers eeeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 6 Os die aciasrocassess a Sn PE ENEE ER 3 6 Tilt and Telescopic Steering Wheel 3 6 Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column ccecceeeeecteeeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 7 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 0c0ee 3 7 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0e 3 8 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 5 3 8 FlaShtO P assis iciceseecsesenigssiaaliccieesedasdccencess 3 9 Windshield Wipers cceeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeees 3 9
430. ssure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy 5 72 If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to your vehicle This label lists your vehicle s original equipment tires and shows the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the tire and loading information label see Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire if your vehicle has one The compact spare should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For
431. stall a LATCH type child restraint properly using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed 1 46 Notice Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle s safety belts This may damage these parts If necessary move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments Do not fold the empty rear seat with a safety belt buckled This could damage the safety belt or the seat Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its stowed position before folding the seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tet
432. stance See Roadside Service on page 7 8 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System If this vehicle has the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system it operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range try this e Check the distance The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle Stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check the transmitter s battery See Battery Replacement later in this section e If the transmitter is still not working correctly see your dealer retai
433. stem responds with OK Dialing and dials the number If the number is not correct say No The system will ask for the number to be re entered Using the Digit Dial Command Press and hold amp for two seconds e For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Digit Dial The system responds with Digit dial using lt phone name gt please say the first digit to dial followed by a tone Say the digit to be dialed one at a time Following each digit the system will repeat back the digit it heard followed by a tone Continue entering digits until the number to be dialed is complete After the whole number has been entered say Dial The system responds with OK Dialing and dials the number e If an unwanted number is recognized by the system say Clear at any time to clear the last number e To hear all of the numbers recognized by the system say Verify at any time and the system will repeat them Using the Call Command 1 Press and hold amp for two seconds For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone A
434. stems ccceeeeeeeeeees DSO 1 1 Head Restraints The vehicle s front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions The vehicle s rear seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions but they are not adjustable A CAUTION With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck spinal injury in a crash Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly 1 2 Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury ina crash Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the restraint down Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place The vehicle s head restraints are not designed to be removed Active Head Restraint System On vehicles with an active head restraint system in the front outboard seating positions the head restraints automatically tilt forward to reduce the risk of neck injury if the vehicle is hit from behind Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving T
435. stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in its original location If this vehicle has a tire sealant and compressor kit there may not be a spare tire tire changing equipment and on some vehicles there may not be a place to store a tire The tire sealant and compressor can be used to temporarily seal punctures up to 1 4 inch 6 mm in the tread area of the tire It can also be used to inflate an under inflated tire If the tire has been separated from the wheel has damaged sidewalls or has a large puncture the tire is too severely damaged for the tire sealant and compressor kit to be effective See Roadside Service on page 7 8 Read and follow all of the tire sealant and compressor kit instructions This vehicle may have one of the following tire sealant and compressor kits The kit includes 0QOW Selector Switch E Tire Sealant Canister Sealant Air or Sealant Air Hose Air Only Clear On Off Button F Air Only Hose Pressure Gage Black Pressure Deflation G Power Plug Button If equipped Tire Sealant Read and follow the safe handling instructions on the label adhered to the sealant canister Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister The sealant canister should be replaced before its expiration date Replacement sealant canisters are available at your local dealer retailer See R
436. strument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces ceeeeeeeeeee ees 5 112 INCGMON aeieea araa a E eRe 5 109 CAINE suisecpeeneee thee Ee ERS 5 112 Speaker Covers ccececeeeeeneeeeneeeeeaeeeees 5 113 MMOS sees asec captacat a E 5 117 Cleaning cont Underbody Maintenance eeeeeeee 5 117 Washing Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeee eee eee ee 5 113 Weatherstps icciscsaccccess isien aniaiacaceseeieesine 5 113 Windshield and Wiper Blades 5 5 115 Wood Panels seniorers o AA 5 113 Climate Control System Air Filter Passenger Compartment 3 29 Outlet Adjustment ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 29 Climate Control Systems Dial ereenn ar AER asain 3 24 801 E E T E T 3 23 Clutch Hydraul esiis dare aeea rair REE 5 29 Collision Damage Repair cceeeeeeeeeeneee tenes 7 13 Compact Spare Tire cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 108 COMPASS esc sites ins Sleds ha cede ceases ceetetan 3 55 Competitive Driving cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 4 14 Compressor Kit SONNO saene a a E A 5 98 Compressor Kit Tire Sealant 0ceeeeee es 5 90 Control of a Vehicle ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenons 4 3 Convenience Net ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 66 Coolant ENOING E n E EA 5 31 Engine Temperature Gage eeeeeeeeneee ees 3 41 Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 40 Surge Tank P
437. sure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure The Tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for the tires when they are cold See Loading the Vehicle on page 4 21 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 Your vehicle s TPMS can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 80 and Tires on page 5 63 Notice Using non approved tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty Always use the GM approved tire sealant available through your dealer retailer Factory installed Tire Inflator Kits use a GM approved liquid tire sealant Using non approved tire sealants could damage the TPMS sensors See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 5 90 for information regarding the inflator kit materials and instructions 5 77 TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more
438. t To reset this display to zero press the set reset button Timer This display can be used like a stopwatch You can record the time it takes to travel from one point to another To access the timer press the trip fuel button until Timer 00 00 00 displays To turn on the timer press the set reset button until the timer starts To turn off the timer press the set reset button again The timer stops and displays the end timing value To reset the timer to zero press and hold the set reset button after the timer has been stopped Inst Instantaneous Economy This display shows the current fuel economy in either miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number reflects only the fuel economy that the vehicle has right now and changes frequently as driving conditions change Unlike average economy this display cannot be reset AVG Average Speed This display shows the average speed of the vehicle in either miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this display To reset this display to zero press the set reset button 3 51 Speedometer This display shows a digital soeedometer in the DIC The speed displays in either miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h To change the units from English to metric see Units later in this section Blank Display This display shows no
439. t Overview on page 5 14 for more information on location When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Remove the side cover by pulling up on the front of the cover 5 25 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the air box 4 Loosen the screw on the clamp holding the air outlet duct in place Do not remove the clamp Move the duct aside 5 Remove the hose from the air cleaner housing mounting arm Move the hose aside 5 26 6 Remove the three air cleaner housing cover screws 7 Pivot the air cleaner housing cover and remove the 8 Remove the air cleaner filter from the air cleaner cover from the air cleaner housing housing 5 27 How to Reinstall Engine Air Cleaner Filter 1 Install the air cleaner into the air cleaner
440. t and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 dr bbb org goauto This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners General Motors Participation in the Mediation Arbitration Program In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after the following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in ano charge mediation Arbitration program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartia
441. t get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag e Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 18 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 19 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service Passenger Sensing System The vehicle has
442. t out 6 Install a new bulb 4t Cy 7 Reinstall the electrical connector by pushing in the NC two plastic clips 8 Push the bulb socket into the lamp housing and turn the socket one quarter turn clockwise 1 Push tab to remove the license plate lamp 2 Turn the license plate lamp assembly down to remove it 5 60 3 Turn the socket counterclockwise and remove it Windshield Wiper Blade 4 Pull the bulb straight out to remove it ate Replacement 5 Push the new bulb straight into the socket 6 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the license Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear plate lamp assembly or cracking See Owner Checks and Services on page 6 10 Replacement Bulbs It is a good idea to clean or replace the wiper blade assembly on a regular basis or when worn For proper windshield wiper blade length and type see Exterior Lamp Bulb Number Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 16 Fog Lamp Up Level Only H11LL To replace the wiper blade assembly 1 Turn the ignition to ON RUN with the engine off License Plate Lamp W5WLL For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your 2 Turn on the windshield wipers and turn them dealer retailer off again when the wipers are in the out wipe position The driver side blade will be straight up and down on the windshield 3 Pull the windshield wiper assembly away from the windshield 5 61 ZL AQ Se Ze PA I 4 Li
443. t reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Off No automatic seat exit will recall Tilt Telescope The steering wheel tilt and steering column telescope features will recall All default The driver s seat and the steering wheel tilt and steering column telescope features will recall if the vehicle has this option No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 80 Exiting the Feature Settings Menu The feature settings menu will be exited when any of the following occurs e The vehicle is no longer in ON RUN e The trip fuel or vehicle information DIC buttons are pressed e The end of the feature settings menu is reached and exited e A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made Audio System s Determine which radio the vehicle has and read the following pages to become familiar with its features A CAUTION Taking your eyes off the road for extended periods could cause a crash resulting in injury or death to you or others Do not give extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings To minimize taking your eyes off the road while driving do the following while the vehicle is par
444. t the programming mode you must cycle the key to LOCK OFF 3 54 Trans Transmission Temp Temperature CTS V Only This display shows the transmission fluid temperature in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C Oil Pressure CTS V Only This display shows the oil pressure in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Coolant Temp Temperature CTS V Only This display shows the engine coolant temperature in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C Lateral Acceleration CTS V Only Lateral acceleration is a measure of how hard you are taking a corner For example when you are turning right you will feel your body push to the left This force is measured in a g This gage will display from 0 0gto2 0g Blank Display This display shows no information DIC Compass The vehicle may have a compass in the Driver Information Center DIC Compass Zone The zone is set to zone eight If you do not live in zone eight or drive out of the area the variance needs to be changed to the appropriate zone To adjust for compass variance use the following procedure Compass Variance Zone Procedure 1 Do not set the compass zone when the vehicle is moving On an automatic transmission vehicle only set it when the vehicle is in P Park On a manual transmission vehicle only set it when the vehicle is stopped Press the vehicle information button until Press
445. te technology to provide Song Artist Album and Genre information for many CD audio discs and is capable of playing DVD A and DTS encoded discs DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS feature RDS is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters display In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station Playing the Radio VOL Oo Volume Power The power knob is part of the VOL knob and is located above the radio at the left side of the clock Press to turn the system on and off Turn the VOL knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV A Radio with SCV automatically adjusts the sound to compensate for road and wind noise as the vehicle speeds up or slows down so that the volume is consistent while driving That way the volume level should sound about the same while driving To activate SCV
446. terior surface e A stiff brush It can cause damage to the vehicle s interior surfaces e Heavy pressure or aggressive rubbing with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage the interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers can leave residue that streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Use only mild neutral pH soaps e Too much cleaner that saturates the upholstery e Organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc that can damage the vehicle s interior Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For any soil always try to remove it first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using
447. th directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions StabiliTrak activates when the computer senses a discrepancy between your intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling StabiliTrak selectively applies braking pressure at any one of the vehicle s brakes to help steer the vehicle in the direction which you are steering When the system activates the Traction Control System TCS StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster flashes You may also hear a noise or feel vibration in the brake pedal This is normal Continue to steer the vehicle in the direction you want it to go If there is a problem detected with StabiliTrak a Service Stability System message displays on the Driver Information Center DIC and the TCS StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster comes on When this message and warning light displays the system is not operational Driving should be adjusted accordingly See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 and Warning Lights Gages and Indicators on page 3 30 for more information StabiliTrak comes on automatically whenever the vehicle is started The system should be left on to help assist with directional control of the vehicle If StabiliTrak needs to be turned off press the TC traction control on off button See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 If cruise control is being used when the StabiliTrak activates the cruise control will
448. that is encoded in one or two formats For example a particular Group may have both a 5 1 surround audio stream and a 2 0 stereo audio stream available Press the pushbutton located under the Audio label to display the current audio stream playing Audio Stream 1 or Audio Stream 2 briefly displays Press the pushbutton located under the Audio label again to toggle between Audio Stream 1 or Audio Stream 2 if available Check the DSP settings to determine if a 5 1 surround sound Audio Stream is playing See Digital Signal Processing DSP earlier in this section Press the DSP label to see if the 5 1 Normal or 5 1 Rear settings are available for selection If these settings are available Audio Stream 1 is playing 3 92 Care of Your CD and DVD A Discs If playing a CD or DVD A disc the sound quality can be reduced due to disc quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the disc has been handled Handle them carefully Store disc s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD DVD A player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a disc is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the disc may not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a disc while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer e
449. the proper maintenance of this vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline The 8th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies the vehicle s engine The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 5 118 Gasoline Octane If the vehicle has the 3 6L V6 engine VIN Code V use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service If the vehicle has the 3 6L V6 engine VIN Code 7 use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher For best performance or trailer towing you could choose to use middle grade 89 octane unleaded gasoline If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service If the v
450. the air in the vehicle has cooled select outside air or press the auto button The outside air mode pulls fresh air from outside the vehicle Outside air is always selected in defrost mode to prevent fogging Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window It only works when the ignition is in ON RUN KI Rear Window Defogger Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off The rear window defogger stays on for about 15 minutes before turning off if the vehicle is moving at a slower speed At higher speeds the rear window defogger may stay on continuously With each additional press the defogger runs for about 10 minutes The defogger can also be turned off by turning off the engine The heated outside rearview mirrors turn on when the rear window defogger button is on and helps to clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror See Outside Heated Mirrors on page 2 54 Notice Do not try to clear frost or other material from the inside of the front windshield and rear window with a razor blade or anything else that is sharp This may damage the rear window defogger grid and affect your radio s ability to pick up stations clearly The repairs wouldn t be covered by your warranty Heated and Ventilated Seats Press to heat or ventilate the seat See Heated and Ventilated Seats on page 1 7 3 27 4 Heated Windshield Washer If Equipped For more
451. the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench sequence as shown counterclockwise Lower the jack completely A CAUTION Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and after replacing Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when Tools using accessory locking wheel nuts See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 133 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications A CAUTION Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid passenger compartment of the vehicle could expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque equipment could strike someone Store all these in specification See Capacities and Specifications on the proper place page 5 133 for the wheel nut torque specification 5 106 Storing the Flat Tire with a Flat Load Floor 1 Put back all tools as they were stored in the rear storage compartment and put the compartment cover back on 2 Put the flat tire in the tire storage bag if there is one 3 Place the tire lying flat in the rear storage compartment 4 Route the loop end of the st
452. this product is used it is necessary to agree to the following articles This application or device contains software from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this application to perform disc and or file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers or embedded databases collectively Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this application or device You agree that you will use Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party 3 96 YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your license terminates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers including all ow
453. tic unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on the radio FM Stereo FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Although the radio has a built in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference some static can occur especially around tall buildings or hills causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time Cellular Phone Usage Cellular phone usage may cause interference with the vehicle s radio This interference may occur when making or receiving phone calls charging the phone s battery or simply having the phone on This interference causes an increased
454. til the light turns off The heated or ventilated seats shut off when the vehicle is turned off Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel On vehicles with the memory package the controls are located on the driver door This feature is used to program and recall memory settings for the driver seat outside mirror and the steering wheel position if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature 1 Saves the seating position for driver 1 2 Saves the seating position for driver 2 Recalls the easy exit position To save your positions in memory 1 Adjust the driver seat seatback recliner and lumbar both outside mirrors and the steering wheel to a comfortable position 2 Press and hold button 1 until two beeps sound through the driver side front speaker to let you know that the position has been stored 3 Repeat the procedure for a second driver using button 2 1 8 To recall memory positions the vehicle must be in P Park for an automatic transmission or the parking brake applied for a manual transmission Press and release either button 1 or button 2 A single beep will sound The seat outside mirrors and steering wheel will move to the position previously stored for the identified driver If the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is used to enter the vehicle and the remote recall memory feature is on automatic seat and mirror movement occur On vehicles with the Keyless Acc
455. tire sealant and compressor kit from its storage location See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Storage on page 5 98 Start the vehicle The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor 8 Turn the selector switch A counterclockwise to the Sealant Air position 2 Unwrap the sealant air hose F and the power plug H 5 93 9 10 Press the on off B button to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit on The compressor will inject sealant and air into the tire The pressure gage C will initially show a high pressure while the compressor pushes the sealant into the tire Once the sealant is completely dispersed into the tire the pressure will quickly drop and start to rise again as the tire inflates with air only Inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure using the pressure gage C The recommended inflation pressure can be found on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 72 The pressure gage C may read higher than the actual tire pressure while the compressor is on Turn the compressor off to get an accurate pressure reading The compressor may be turned on off until the correct pressure is reached 5 94 Notice f the recommended pressure cannot be reached after approximately 25 minutes the vehicle should not be driven farther The tire is too severely damaged and the tire sealant and compressor kit cannot inflate the tire Remove the p
456. to apply the rear wheels should be blocked to prevent vehicle movement EPB Release To release the EPB turn the ignition switch to the ON RUN position apply and hold the brake pedal and push down momentarily on the EPB switch If you attempt to release the EPB without the brake pedal applied a chime will sound and the DIC message Press Brake Pedal to Release Park Brake will be displayed The EPB is released when the BRAKE light is off and the DIC message Park Brake Released is displayed If the P light is on the EPB has detected an error in another system and is operating with reduced functionality To release the EPB when this light is on push down on the EPB switch and hold it in the down position EPB release may take a longer period of time than normal when this light is on Continue to hold the switch until the BRAKE light is off If the P light is on see your dealer retailer Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving Automatic EPB Release The EPB will automatically release if the vehicle is running placed into gear and an attempt is made to drive away Avoid rapid acceleration when the EPB is applied to preserve park brake lining life The EPB can also be used to prevent roll back for vehicles with a manual tra
457. to the vehicle and if the ignition is turned to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN It can also be left connected to the vehicle after the vehicle is turned off With the vehicle turned off the iPod will automatically be powered off and will not charge or draw power from the vehicle s battery If you have an older iPod model that is not supported or do not have the special iPod connection cable you can still listen to the iPod in the vehicle by connecting it to the Auxiliary Input Jack using a standard 3 5 mm 1 8 inch stereo cable Command and control of the iPod via the radio buttons and knobs will not be supported when only using the Auxiliary Input Jack See Using the Auxiliary Input Jack earlier for more information Press the AM FM XM or HDD buttons to listen to one of these sources while an iPod is connected If a disc is inserted press the CD AUX button to listen to a CD or DVD A disc Press the CD AUX button again to start playing and controlling the connected iPod To properly dismount the iPod USB device before disconnecting from the vehicle press the button directly under the EJECT label found on the iPod playback screen 3 103 Using an MP3 MP3 WMA Format The Single CD and the Six Disc CD Radio will play MP3 WMA files that were recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc The HDD Radio is similar and can also play MP3 WMA files recorded on DVD R discs or a USB storage device The files can be recorded with the followin
458. top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor 1 44 Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations l Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat To assist you in locating the lower anchors each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the a top tether anchor symbol n is located o
459. top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 36 2 Put the child restraint on the seat Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary 1 53 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out
460. torage compartment and the other into the center console rear compartment To use the lighter push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself To empty the ashtrays hold on to the edges of the bin and pull straight out To reinstall push the tray back into place Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the lighter back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Notice f papers pins or other flammable items are put in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Analog Clock The analog clock is located on the instrument panel above the radio The clock is not connected with any other vehicle system and runs by itself To adjust the clock 1 2 Locate the adjustment buttons directly below the clock face Push and hold the right adjustment button to move the clock hands forward or the left adjustment button to make the clock hands go backward Holding either button down will cause the clock to advance faster Release the button before the desired time is reached Push and release either button to adjust the time by one minute increments until the desired time is reached 3 23 Climate Contr
461. transfer case fluid Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced r Change transfer case fluid if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as high performance operation or taxi police or delivery service Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure vehicle safety dependability and emission control performance Your dealer retailer can assist with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to the vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by the vehicle warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 18 Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and on CTS V models check the intercooler coolant level Add
462. trol on page 4 9 CTS V Model Only Analog Clock on page 3 23 Passenger Sensing System on page 1 63 Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Navigation Display Brightness Control If Equipped See Navigation System Manual Audio System s on page 3 80 Base Audio System or Navigation Radio System on page 3 109 If Equipped Parking Brake on page 2 44 xf lt c3au H lt Hood Release on page 5 13 Cruise Control on page 3 13 Traction Control System TCS Disable Button CTS V Model Only See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 7 Tap Shift Controls CTS V Model Only See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 37 Tilt and Telescopic Steering Wheel on page 3 6 or Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column on page 3 7 Horn on page 3 6 Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 122 Heated and Ventilated Seats on page 1 7 Dual Climate Control System on page 3 24 Electric Parking Brake on page 2 45 Shift Lever See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 2 37 or Manual Transmission Operation on page 2 42 Instrument Panel Storage on page 2 66 Accessory Power Outlet s on page 3 22 Glove Box on page 2 65 Hazard Warning Flashers A Hazard Warning Flasher Press this button located on the instrument panel to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off This warns others that you are having trouble Press A again to turn the flashers off Horn Press near or on the h
463. tute oil designated SAE 5W 30 with the starburst symbol at all temperatures Substitute oil not meeting GM Standard GM4718M should not be used for an oil change Engine Oil Additives Engine Oil Flushes Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM standards are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly the system must be reset every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it indicates that an oil change is necessary A Change Engine Oil Soon message comes on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer reta
464. uid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If too much brake fluid is added it can spill on the engine and burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and the vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system If the ignition is in ON RUN and the brake fluid is low the Service Brake System message displays in the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 38 What to Add DOT 3 brake fluid is recommended DOT 4 brake fluid is also compatible with the vehicle s brake system parts However if DOT 4 fluid is used it is recommended that the brake hydraulic system be flushed and refilled with new DOT 4 fluid at a regular maintenance service every two years See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 14 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake hydraulic system the brakes might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice e Using the wr
465. under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 84 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load 5 66 998 OOKKX GSS My wee 8 9 Q 0 8 o p OQ lt lt OL Siyi1aN Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 108 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 89 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maxi
466. ung children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness 1 39 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint A booster seat can also help a child to see out must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems the window must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 43 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle 1 40 When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The
467. unk Release oe Passenger Door Module UNLCK RDO SPKR _ Audio Speakers AIRBAG Airbag System REAR FOG Not Used Amplifier RKE Remote Keyless Entry System PASS KEY Pass Key Theft Deterrent Feature AUX OUTLET Auxiliary Power Outlet MDL Module CNSTR VENT Canister Vent RT POS LP Right Position Lamp DR LCK RT POS LP Right Position Lamp Engine Control Module ECM RVC SNSR __ Regulated Voltage Control Sensor 5 129 PwineFuses Us STOP LP Stoplamp Theft Deterrent System Universal THEFT UGDO Home Remote System TRUNK RELSE Trunk Release Circuit Breakers ae Left Front Power Seat PWR CLMN Power Steering Column 5 130 Circuit Breakers PWRIWNDW A ENT Right Front Power Seat ety Left Rear Window REAR WNDW Right Rear Window Rear Compartment Fuse Block CTS V The rear compartment fuse block is located on top of the battery on the right side of the trunk The battery access door must be removed to access the fuse block AUXOQUTLET MP THEFTUGDO TEE a Po fF C7 I W PN REND RKE PASS KEVMDL RDO SPKR ONSTAR ECM CNSTRVENT Relays Usage Reys Usse SPARE STOPLP RTPOSLP FSCM 5 131 Relays Usage MiniFuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage heft Deterren m Universal TRUNK RELSE Trunk Release Airbag System RDO Audio System ___ RKE Remote Keyless Entry System PA
468. ur dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer 3 88 XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a Satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in the vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 108 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Single Disc Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in The CD track number and a Shuffle label displays The CD begins playback Shuffle Press the pushbutton located below the Shuffle label to play the tracks of a CD in random order Press again to turn Shuffle off Shuffle Off displays Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player Load Press to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD 1 Press and release the load button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label si
469. ure IGN ttacicssicnicennidtadtecapeieacepsasvabanaesen 3 41 Tire Sealant SIONN eregine eiaa e E 5 98 Tres masra E E 5 63 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Clean aranera earna aara 5 116 Buying New TireS eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 5 82 CHAINS gate atecoeats cecen cinta neentoitataanccatanacenens 5 88 Changing a Flat Tire eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 100 CIS ANING ne oesreste n E E viene 5 117 Compact Spare Tire cceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 108 Different SiZ s sii2s cinsaskaasienins erties 5 84 High Speed Operation 5 74 If Tire Goes Flats ccccicecidseatiessscnneeecensteesnee 5 89 Inflation Tire Pressure 2 0 0 eee eeee eee ee eee tees 5 72 Inspection and Rotation cc eeeeeeeeeee eres 5 80 Installing the Spare Tire eeceeeeeeeeee eee 5 102 Pressure Monitor Operation ceeeeeeeees 5 76 Pressure Monitor System ceeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 75 Removing the Flat Tire accenn 5 102 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 101 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 106 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 00 5 90 Tire Sidewall Labeling ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 65 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 68 Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeee 5 84 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 86 Wheel Replacement cceeeeeeeeenee eee eens 5 86 When It Is Time for New Ti
470. ut the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use Look for three things RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM4718M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER e GM4718M This vehicle s engine requires a special oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M Oils meeting this standard may be identified as synthetic However not all synthetic oils will meet this GM standard Use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M 5 20 Notice Using oils that do not have the GM4718M Standard designation can cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty e SAE 5W 30 SAE 5W 30 is best for the vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e American Petroleum Institute API starburst symbol Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API This vehicle s engine was filled at the factory with a Mobil 1 synthetic oil meeting all requirements for this vehicle Substitute Engine Oil When adding oil to maintain engine oil level oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M might not be available You can add substi
471. ve now and then when you run the engine push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps Do this as little as possible to save fuel If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 21 If the vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to the vehicle s traction system in the Index If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method 4 20 A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on the vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 88 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Turn off any traction or stability system Shift back and forth between R Reverse and a forward gear or with a manual transmission between 1 First or 2 Second and R Reverse spinning the whe
472. vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone e For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 3 115 2 Say Delete all name tags The system responds with You are about to delete all name tags stored in your phone directory and your route destination directory Are you sure you want to do this Please say yes or no e Say Yes to delete all name tags e Say No to cancel the function and return to the main menu Making a Call Calls can be made using the following commands e Dial e Digit Dial e Call e Re dial 3 116 Using the Dial Command 1 Press and hold amp for two seconds For vehicles without a navigation system the system responds with Ready followed by a tone For vehicles with a navigation system the system responds with a tone After the tone say Hands Free The system responds with Ready followed by a tone 2 Say Dial The system responds with Dial using lt phone name gt Number please followed by a tone 3 Say the entire number without pausing If the system recognizes the number it responds with OK Dialing and dials the number If the system does not recognize the number it confirms the numbers followed by a tone If the number is correct say Yes The sy
473. ver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Navigation Radio System For vehicles with a navigation radio system see the separate Navigation System manual Bluetooth Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth capable cell phone with a Hands Free Profile to make and receive phone calls The system can be used while the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 30 ft 9 1 m Not all phones support all functions and not all phones are guaranteed to work with the in vehicle Bluetooth system See gm com bluetooth for more information on compatible phones Voice Recognition The Bluetooth system uses voice recognition to interpret voice commands to dial phone numbers and name tags Noise Keep interior noise levels to a minimum The system may not recognize voice commands if there is too much background noise When to Speak A short tone sounds after the system responds indicating when it is waiting for a voice command Wait until the tone and then speak How to Speak Speak clearly in a calm and natural voice Audio System When using the in vehicle Bluetooth system sound comes through the vehicle s front audio system speakers and over rides the audio system Use the audio system volume knob during a call to change the volume level The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls To prevent missed calls a minimum volume level
474. verse and firmly apply the parking brake For vehicles with the key access ignition turn the ignition key to OFF LOCK press the release button and remove the key See Key Release Button under Ignition Positions Key Access on page 2 32 or Ignition Positions Keyless Access on page 2 33 for more information For vehicles with the keyless access ignition turn the ignition to LOCK OFF and remove the keyless access transmitter If you are towing a trailer see Towing a Trailer CTS V on page 4 29 or Towing a Trailer CTS on page 4 29 Parking Over Things That Burn i A CAUTION Exhaust may enter the vehicle if e The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation parking garages tunnels deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes The exhaust smells or sounds strange or Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn different The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage Engine Exhaust The vehicle s exhaust system has been modified damaged or improperly repaired There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or after market modifications that are not completely sealed A CAUTION i If lf if it i ted Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide CO Une Del ities aresciecies Orit le suspects that exhaust is coming into the vehicle e Drive it only with the window
475. will stay on for 10 seconds 30 Seconds The exterior lamps will stay on for 30 seconds 2 Minutes The exterior lamps will stay on for two minutes No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 75 Approach Lighting This feature allows you to select whether or not to have the exterior lights turn on briefly during low light periods after unlocking the vehicle using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE or keyless access transmitter Press the customization button until Approach Lighting appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button once to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings Off The exterior lights will not turn on when you unlock the vehicle with the transmitter On default If it is dark enough outside the exterior lights will turn on briefly when you unlock the vehicle with the transmitter The lights will remain on for 20 seconds or until the lock button on the transmitter is pressed or the vehicle is no longer off See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 6 and Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for more information No Change No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired
476. without keeping your foot on the accelerator Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h When the brakes are applied the cruise control turns off If the vehicle has the Stabilitrak system and begins to limit wheel spin while you are using cruise control the cruise control will automatically disengage See StabiliTrak System on page 4 6 When road conditions allow you to safely use it again the cruise control can be turned back on 3 13 The cruise control buttons are located on the left side of the steering wheel CTS Shown CTS V Similar On Off Press to turn the system on or off The indicator light on the button turns on when cruise control is on RES Resume Accelerate Press to make the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previously set speed SET Set Coast Press to set the speed or make the vehicle decelerate amp Cancel Press to cancel cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory Setting Cruise Control Cruise control will not work if the parking brake is set or if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low The cruise control light on the instrument panel cluster comes on after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruis
477. wly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal Shift into 1 First when you are going less than 25 mph 40 km h For CTS V shift into 1 First when you are going less than 40 mph 64 km h If you come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into 1 First put the shift lever in Neutral and let up on the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down Then shift into 1 First 2 42 2 Second Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into 2 Second Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal 3 Third 4 Fourth 5 Fifth and 6 Sixth Shift into 3 Third 4 Fourth 5 Fifth and 6 Sixth the same way you do for 2 Second Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to Neutral Neutral Use this position when you start or idle your engine Your shift lever is in Neutral when it is centered in the shift pattern not in any gear R Reverse To back up press down the clutch pedal completely stop the vehicle and shift into R Reverse Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal The CTS V transmission prevents you from easily shifting into R Reverse using normal shifting force while the vehicle is moving at more than 3 mph 5 km h
478. wn as a dolly Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing e What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e What is the distance that will be travelled Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Is the proper towing equipment going to be used See your dealer retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e Is the vehicle ready to be towed Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 16 Dinghy Towing Notice If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground the drivetrain components could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground The vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground If a rear wheel drive vehicle must be towed a dolly or a trailer should be used If an all wheel drive vehicle must be towed a trailer should be used See Dolly Towing following for more information 4 27 Dolly Towing Rear Wheel Drive Vehicles Use the following procedure to dolly tow a rear wheel drive vehicle from the rear 1 Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer s instructions 2 Put the rear wh
479. work at a reduced level The vehicle can still be driven but should be taken to a dealer retailer as soon as possible See Electric Parking Brake on page 2 45 for more information Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light comes on briefly when the engine is started If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If the system is working normally the indicator light then goes off If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off If the light comes on while driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light stays on or comes on again while driving the vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on the vehicle still has brakes but not antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 38 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for all brake related DIC messages 3 39 StabiliTrak Traction Control System TCS Warning Light A ee The Traction Control System TCS StabiliTrak warning light should come on briefly when the engine is started If it does not have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If
480. xt Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 888 446 2000 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program E MOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9
481. y Electronic Key Not Detected Restart Allowed If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays when the keyless access transmitter is not detected inside the vehicle while you are trying to turn the ignition off The vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing the keyless access system to be jammed If you have the keyless access transmitter with you get out of the vehicle and lock the doors If you do not have the keyless access transmitter with you you will be able to start the vehicle again within five minutes or until the vehicle s content theft deterrent system is armed See Starting the Engine on page 2 34 for more information Engine Hot A C Air Conditioning Off This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 41 To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning compressor automatically turns off When the coolant temperature returns to normal the air conditioning compressor turns back on You can continue to drive the vehicle If this message continues to appear have the system repaired by your dealer retailer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine 3 61 Engine Oil Low Add Oil If the vehicle has an oil level sensor this message displays if the oil level in the vehicle is low Check the oil level and correct it as necessary You may need to let the vehicle co
482. y Beeping will occur for a short time when the vehicle is closer than 1 foot 0 3 m from the object 2 56 The following describes what will occur with the URPA display as the vehicle gets closer to a detected object C Description Engish Metric amber amber red lights amber amber red lights flashing and beep for 1ft 0 3 m five seconds The system can be disabled through the Driver Information Center DIC See Park Assist under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 for more information When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly If the URPA system will not activate due to a temporary condition the message PARK ASSIST OFF will be displayed on the DIC and a red light will be shown on the rear URPA display when the shift lever is moved into R Reverse This occurs under the following conditions e The driver disables the system e The ultrasonic sensors are not clean Keep the vehicle s rear bumper free of mud dirt snow ice and slush For cleaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 113 e A trailer was attached to the vehicle or a bicycle or an object was hanging out of the trunk during the last drive cycle the red light may illuminate in the rear display Once the attached object is removed URPA will return to normal operation e A tow bar is attached to the vehicle e The vehicle s bumper is damaged Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer to repair the system e Other co
483. y Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 1 8 and DIC Vehicle Customization on page 3 71 for more information Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Only keyless access transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer retailer The vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or stolen transmitters no longer work Each vehicle can have up to four transmitters matched to it Programming with a Recognized Transmitter A new transmitter can be programmed to the vehicle when there is one recognized transmitter For vehicles sold in Canada two recognized transmitters are required to program a new transmitter 1 The vehicle must be off 2 Both the recognized and new transmitters must be with you 3 Insert the vehicle key into the key lock cylinder located on the outside of the driver door 4 Turn the key to the unlock position five times within five seconds 5 The Driver Information Center DIC displays Ready To Learn Electronic Key 2 3 or 4 6 Place the new transmitter into the transmitter pocket with the buttons facing the front of the vehicle The transmitter pocket is inside the center console storage area located between the driver and front passenger seats 7 A beep sounds once the transmitter is programmed The DIC displays Ready To Learn Electronic Key 3 or 4 or Maximum Electronic Keys Learned
484. ylists can be selected by Bh ieee and next folder buttons the SEEK arrows gt P FWD or lt 1 REV buttons An MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW that was recorded using no file folders can also be played If a CD R or CD RW contains more than the maximum of 50 folders and playlists and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum are not accessible The HDD Radio can support more than 255 files on an MP3 WMA disc The HDD Radio does not support playlists on a disc or USB storage device Root Directory The root directory of the CD R or CD RW is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 DISC All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders Playlists Px are always accessed after root folders or files The HDD Radio displays the root directory of an MP3 WMA disc as F1 MP3 and the root directory of a USB storage device as F1 USB Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files No Folder When the CD contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions do not display on a CD that w
485. ystem see Theft Deterrent System on page 2 27 Fog Lamp Light 0 The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 19 for more information The fog lamp light comes on when the fog lamps are in use Lights On Reminder a 00 See Headlamps on Reminder on page 3 17 for more information Cruise Control Light This light comes on whenever the parking lamps are on The cruise control light comes on whenever the a cruise control is set The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 13 for more information 3 47 Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 for more information Fuel Gage The fuel gage shows approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank It works only when the ignition is in the ON RUN position 3 48 An arrow on the fuel gage indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on If the fuel supply gets low the Fuel Level Low message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC and a single chime will sound See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 57 for more information Here are a few concerns some owners have had about the fuel gage All of these situations are normal and do not indicate that anything is wrong with the fuel gage e At the gas station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full e The ga
486. ystem this message displays when matching new transmitters to the vehicle See Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for more information Rainsense Wipers Active If the vehicle has this feature this message displays while the Rainsense wipers are active See Rainsense Wipers on page 3 10 for more information Ready To Learn Electronic Key X If the vehicle has the keyless access system this message displays while matching new transmitters to the vehicle See Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 for more information Release Park Brake Switch For vehicles with the Electric Parking Brake this message displays if the Park Brake switch is pulled while the vehicle is moving See Electric Parking Brake on page 2 45 for more information Remote Key Learning Active If the vehicle has the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system this message displays while matching new transmitters to the vehicle See Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 6 and DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 50 for more information Replace Battery In Remote Key This message displays when the battery in the Remote Keyless Entry RKE or keyless access transmitter needs to be replaced To replace the battery see Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 6 or Keyless Access System Operation on page 2 9 Right Rear Door Open Thi

GM Owner Manuals

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents